311
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R V900R008C15 BSC Hardware Description Issue 01 Date 2010-01-30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

BSC6000 Hardware Description

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 1/310

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R

V900R008C15

BSC Hardware Description

Issue 01

Date 2010-01-30

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Page 2: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 2/310

Page 3: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 3/310

 

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2010. All rights reserved.

No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written

consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

 

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

 

Notice

The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the

customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the

purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations

of any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the

preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and

recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.

 

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base

Bantian, Longgang

Shenzhen 518129

People's Republic of China

Website: http://www.huawei.com

Email: [email protected]

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

i

Page 4: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 4/310

Page 5: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 5/310

About This Document

Purpose

This document describes the hardware components of the BSC. It provides the users with a

detailed and comprehensive reference to the Huawei BSC.

Product Version

The following table lists the product version related to this document.

Product Name Product Model Product Version

BSC BSC6000 V900R008C15

 

Intended Audience

This document is intended for:

l BSC installers

l BSC site maintenance personnel

Organization

1 Changes in BSC Hardware Description

This provides the changes of the BSC Hardware Description.

2 BSC Physical Structure

This describes the physical structure of the BSC, including the cabinet, cables, LMT computers,

and alarm box.

3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes

The BSC has three hardware configuration modes: BM/TC separated, BM/TC combined, and

A over IP.

4 BSC Cabinet

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description About This Document

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iii

Page 6: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 6/310

The BSC uses the Huawei N68E-22 cabinet. The cabinet is designed in compliance with

IEC60297 and IEEE standards.

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

This describes the components, cable connections, and engineering specifications of the GBCR that is configured with the GBAM.

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

This describes the components, cable connections, and engineering specifications of the GBCR 

that is configured with the GOMU.

7 GBSR Cabinet

The GBSR processes the services of the BSC. A maximum of three GBSRs can be configured,

depending on traffic volume.

8 BSC Subracks

This describes BSC subracks. BSC subracks are used to integrate boards and backplanes into

an independent unit. BSC subracks are functionally classified into the GSM main processing

subrack (GMPS), GSM extended processing subrack (GEPS), and GSM transcoder subrack 

(GTCS).

9 BSC Boards

This describes the boards in the BSC.

10 BSC Cables

This describes the cables of the BSC.

11 LEDs on BSC Parts

This describes the LEDs on the power distribution box and the panels.

12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts

This describes the DIP switches on the subracks and the boards.

Conventions

Symbol Conventions

The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Symbol Description

Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if not

avoided,will result in death or serious injury.

Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk, which

if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not

avoided,could result in equipment damage, data loss,

 performance degradation, or unexpected results.

Organization

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

iv Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 7: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 7/310

Symbol Description

Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save

time.

Provides additional information to emphasize or supplementimportant points of the main text.

 

General Conventions

The general conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Convention Description

Times New Roman Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.

Boldface  Names of files, directories, folders, and users are in

boldface. For example, log in as user root.

 Italic Book titles are in italics.

Courier New Examples of information displayed on the screen are in

Courier New.

 

Command Conventions

The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Convention Description

Boldface The keywords of a command line are in boldface.

 Italic Command arguments are in italics.

[ ] Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional.

{ x | y | ... } Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by

vertical bars. One item is selected.

[ x | y | ... ] Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by

vertical bars. One item is selected or no item is selected.

{ x | y | ... }* Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by

vertical bars. A minimum of one item or a maximum of all

items can be selected.

[ x | y | ... ]* Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by

vertical bars. Several items or no item can be selected.

 

GUI Conventions

The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description Organization

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

v

Page 8: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 8/310

Convention Description

Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles

are in boldface. For example, click OK .

> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.

 

Keyboard Operations

The keyboard operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Format Description

Key Press the key. For example, press Enter and press Tab.

Key 1+Key 2 Press the keys concurrently. For example, pressing Ctrl+Alt

+A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently.

Key 1, Key 2 Press the keys in turn. For example, pressing Alt, A means

the two keys should be pressed in turn.

 

Mouse Operations

The mouse operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Action Description

Click Select and release the primary mouse button without moving

the pointer.

Double-click Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and

quickly without moving the pointer.

Drag Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the

 pointer to a certain position.

Organization

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

vi Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 9: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 9/310

Contents

About This Document...................................................................................................................iii

1 Changes in BSC Hardware Description................................................................................1-1

2 BSC Physical Structure..............................................................................................................2-1

3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes....................................................................................3-1

4 BSC Cabinet................................................................................................................................4-1

4.1 Appearance of the BSC Cabinet......................................................................................................................4-2

4.2 Classification of the BSC Cabinet...................................................................................................................4-3

5 GBCR (Config uration Type A)................................................................................................5-1

5.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type A).......................................................................................5-3

5.2 BSC Common Power Distribution Box..........................................................................................................5-6

5.2.1 Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box...................................................................5-7

5.2.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box..............................................5-85.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box.....................................................................5-8

5.2.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box...............................................5-9

5.3 Air Defence Subrack.....................................................................................................................................5-10

5.4 KVM..............................................................................................................................................................5-11

5.5 LAN Switch...................................................................................................................................................5-12

5.6 Ca bling Frame...............................................................................................................................................5-14

5.7 GBAM...........................................................................................................................................................5-15

5.7.1 Functions of the GBAM.......................................................................................................................5-15

5.7.2 Appearance of the GBAM (IBM X3650T)..........................................................................................5-15

5.7.3 Appearance of the GBAM (C5210).....................................................................................................5-19

5.7.4 Appearance of the GBAM (HP CC3310)............................................................................................5-21

5.8 Rear Cable Trough........................................................................................................................................5-25

5.9 GBCR Cable Connections (Configuration Type A).....................................................................................5-25

5.9.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (Configuration Type A)..............................................5-25

5.9.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type A)...................5-26

5.9.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type A).................................................5-30

5.10 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (Configuration Type A)................................................................5-36

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)................................................................................................6-1

6.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)........................................................................................6-2

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description Contents

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

vii

Page 10: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 10/310

6.2 BSC High-Power Distribution Box.................................................................................................................6-5

6.2.1 Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box..........................................................................6-6

6.2.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box.....................................................6-6

6.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box...........................................................................6-7

6.2.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box.....................................................6-8

6.3 Cable Connections of the GBCR (Configuration Type B).............................................................................6-9

6.3.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (Configuration Type B).................................................6-9

6.3.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type B)...................6-11

6.3.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type B)..................................................6-15

6.4 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)..................................................................6-19

7 GBSR Cabinet.............................................................................................................................7-1

7.1 Components of the GBSR...............................................................................................................................7-2

7.2 Cable Connections of the GBSR.....................................................................................................................7-5

7.2.1 Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR..................................................................................7-6

7.2.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBSR............................................................7-7

7.2.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBSR.........................................................................................7-12

7.3 Technical Specifications of the GBSR..........................................................................................................7-15

8 BSC Subracks..............................................................................................................................8-1

8.1 Components of the BSC Subrack....................................................................................................................8-2

8.2 BSC Fan Box...................................................................................................................................................8-4

8.2.1 Fan Box (Configuration PFCU).............................................................................................................8-5

8.2.2 Fan Box (Configuration PFCB).............................................................................................................8-7

8.3 BSC Slots........................................................................................................................................................8-9

8.4 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack...............................................................................................................8-10

8.5 Configuration of the BSC Subrack................................................................................................................8-12

8.5.1 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type A)..........................................................................8-12

8.5.2 Conf iguration of the GMPS (Configuration Type B)..........................................................................8-16

8.5.3 Conf iguration of the GEPS..................................................................................................................8-19

8.5.4 Configuration of the GTCS..................................................................................................................8-23

8.6 Technical Specifications of the BSC Subrack...............................................................................................8-24

9 BSC Boards..................................................................................................................................9-19.1 GEIUA............................................................................................................................................................9-6

9.1.1 Functions of the GEIUA........................................................................................................................9-6

9.1.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.......................................................................................9-6

9.1.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel...................................................................9-7

9.1.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel...................................................................9-8

9.1.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)...............................................................9-9

9.2 GEIUB...........................................................................................................................................................9-11

9.2.1 Functions of the GEIUB.......................................................................................................................9-12

9.2.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-12

9.2.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel.................................................................9-13

Contents

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

viii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 11: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 11/310

9.2.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.................................................................9-14

9.2.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa).............................................................9-15

9.3 GEIUP...........................................................................................................................................................9-17

9.3.1 Functions of the GEIUP.......................................................................................................................9-18

9.3.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-18

9.3.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel.................................................................9-19

9.3.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.................................................................9-20

9.3.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa).............................................................9-21

9.4 GEIUT...........................................................................................................................................................9-23

9.4.1 Functions of the GEIUT.......................................................................................................................9-24

9.4.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-24

9.4.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel.................................................................9-25

9.4.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.................................................................9-26

9.4.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa).............................................................9-27

9.5 GGCU............................................................................................................................................................9-29

9.5.1 Functions of the GGCU........................................................................................................................9-29

9.5.2 GGCU Panel.........................................................................................................................................9-30

9.5.3 LEDs on the GGCU Panel...................................................................................................................9-30

9.5.4 Ports on the GGCU Panel.....................................................................................................................9-31

9.6 GOIUA..........................................................................................................................................................9-32

9.6.1 Functions of the GOIUA......................................................................................................................9-32

9.6.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................................9-32

9.6.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel..............................................................9-339.6.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...............................................................9-34

9.6.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)..........................................9-35

9.7 GOIUB..........................................................................................................................................................9-35

9.7.1 Functions of the GOIUB......................................................................................................................9-36

9.7.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................................9-36

9.7.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel..............................................................9-37

9.7.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...............................................................9-38

9.7.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)..........................................9-39

9.8 GOIUP...........................................................................................................................................................9-39

9.8.1 Functions of the GOIUP.......................................................................................................................9-40

9.8.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................................9-40

9.8.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel..............................................................9-41

9.8.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...............................................................9-42

9.8.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)..........................................9-43

9.9 GOIUT..........................................................................................................................................................9-43

9.9.1 Functions of the GOIUT......................................................................................................................9-44

9.9.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................................9-44

9.9.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel..............................................................9-45

9.9.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...............................................................9-46

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description Contents

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

ix

Page 12: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 12/310

9.9.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)..........................................9-47

9.10 GOMU.........................................................................................................................................................9-47

9.10.1 Functions of the GOMU.....................................................................................................................9-48

9.10.2 GOMU Panel......................................................................................................................................9-48

9.10.3 LEDs on the GOMU Panel.................................................................................................................9-49

9.10.4 Por ts on the GOMU Panel..................................................................................................................9-50

9.11 GSCU..........................................................................................................................................................9-50

9.11.1 Functions of the GSCU......................................................................................................................9-51

9.11.2 GSCU Panel.......................................................................................................................................9-51

9.11.3 LEDs on the GSCU Panel..................................................................................................................9-52

9.11.4 Por ts on the GSCU Panel...................................................................................................................9-53

9.12 GTNU..........................................................................................................................................................9-53

9.12.1 Functions of the GTNU......................................................................................................................9-53

9.12.2 GTNU Panel.......................................................................................................................................9-54

9.12.3 LEDs on the GTNU Panel..................................................................................................................9-54

9.12.4 Por ts on the GTNU Panel...................................................................................................................9-55

9.13 GXPUM......................................................................................................................................................9-55

9.13.1 Functions of the GXPUM..................................................................................................................9-56

9.13.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel...........................................................................................9-56

9.13.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel......................................................................9-57

9.13.4 Por ts on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel.......................................................................9-58

9.14 GXPUT........................................................................................................................................................9-58

9.14.1 Functions of the GXPUT....................................................................................................................9-599.14.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel...........................................................................................9-59

9.14.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel......................................................................9-60

9.14.4 Por ts on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel.......................................................................9-60

9.15 GXPUI.........................................................................................................................................................9-61

9.15.1 Functions of the GXPUI.....................................................................................................................9-61

9.15.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel...........................................................................................9-61

9.15.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel......................................................................9-62

9.15.4 Por ts on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel.......................................................................9-63

9.16 GFGUA.......................................................................................................................................................9-63

9.16.1 Functions of the GFGUA...................................................................................................................9-64

9.16.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel...........................................................................................9-64

9.16.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel......................................................................9-65

9.16.4 Por ts on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel.......................................................................9-66

9.17 GFGUB.......................................................................................................................................................9-67

9.17.1 Functions of the GFGUB...................................................................................................................9-67

9.17.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel...........................................................................................9-68

9.17.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel......................................................................9-68

9.17.4 Por ts on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel.......................................................................9-69

9.18 GFGUG.......................................................................................................................................................9-70

Contents

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

x Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 13: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 13/310

9.18.1 Functions of the GFGUG...................................................................................................................9-71

9.18.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel...........................................................................................9-71

9.18.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel......................................................................9-72

9.18.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel.......................................................................9-73

9.19 GOGUA......................................................................................................................................................9-73

9.19.1 Functions of the GOGUA..................................................................................................................9-74

9.19.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel.......................................................................................................9-74

9.19.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel..................................................................................9-75

9.19.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel...................................................................................9-76

9.19.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)..............................................................9-76

9.20 GOGUB.......................................................................................................................................................9-77

9.20.1 Functions of the GOGUB...................................................................................................................9-77

9.20.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel.......................................................................................................9-78

9.20.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel..................................................................................9-78

9.20.4 Por ts on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel...................................................................................9-79

9.20.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)..............................................................9-79

9.21 GEHUB.......................................................................................................................................................9-80

9.21.1 Functions of the GEHUB...................................................................................................................9-81

9.21.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel..........................................................................................................9-81

9.21.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-82

9.21.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel......................................................................................9-82

9.21.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)..................................................................................9-83

9.22 GEPUG........................................................................................................................................................9-869.22.1 Functions of the GEPUG....................................................................................................................9-86

9.22.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel..........................................................................................................9-86

9.22.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-87

9.22.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel......................................................................................9-88

9.22.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)..................................................................................9-89

9.23 GDPUC.......................................................................................................................................................9-91

9.23.1 Functions of the GDPUC(DPUa).......................................................................................................9-91

9.23.2 GDPUC(DPUa) Panel........................................................................................................................9-91

9.23.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) Panel...................................................................................................9-92

9.24 GDPUX.......................................................................................................................................................9-93

9.24.1 Functions of the GDPUX(DPUc).......................................................................................................9-93

9.24.2 GDPUX(DPUc) Panel........................................................................................................................9-94

9.24.3 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) Panel...................................................................................................9-94

9.25 GDPUP........................................................................................................................................................9-95

9.25.1 Functions of the GDPUP(DPUd).......................................................................................................9-95

9.25.2 GDPUP(DPUd) Panel........................................................................................................................9-95

9.25.3 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) Panel...................................................................................................9-96

9.26 MDMC........................................................................................................................................................9-97

9.26.1 Functions of the MDMC....................................................................................................................9-97

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description Contents

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xi

Page 14: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 14/310

Page 15: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 15/310

11.9 LEDs on the GGCU Panel..........................................................................................................................11-8

11.10 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel.........................................................................................11-9

11.11 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................11-9

11.12 LEDs on the GOMU Panel......................................................................................................................11-10

11.13 LEDs on the GSCU Panel.......................................................................................................................11-11

11.14 LEDs on the GTNU Panel.......................................................................................................................11-12

11.15 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel...........................................................................11-13

11.16 LEDs on the MDMC Panel.....................................................................................................................11-13

11.17 LEDs on the PAMU Panel......................................................................................................................11-14

12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts..................................................................................................12-1

12.1 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack.............................................................................................................12-2

12.2 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)...........................................................................................12-3

12.3 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)....................................................................12-6

12.4 DIP Switch on the MDMC..........................................................................................................................12-8

12.5 DIP Switch on the PAMU...........................................................................................................................12-9

12.6 DIP Switch on the PFCU..........................................................................................................................12-10

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description Contents

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xiii

Page 16: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 16/310

Page 17: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 17/310

Figures

Figure 2-1 Physical structure of the BSC.............................................................................................................2-1

Figure 4-1 Single-door BSC cabinet....................................................................................................................4-2

Figure 4-2 Double-door BSC cabinet...................................................................................................................4-3

Figure 5-1 Outer components of the GBCR.........................................................................................................5-4

Figure 5-2 Inner components of the GBCR.........................................................................................................5-5

Figure 5-3 Fr ont panel of the BSC common power distribution box...................................................................5-7

Figure 5-4 Rear panel of the BSC common power distribution box....................................................................5-9

Figure 5-5 Air defence subrack..........................................................................................................................5-10

Figure 5-6 K VM.................................................................................................................................................5-11

Figure 5-7 Fr ont panel of the KVM...................................................................................................................5-11

Figure 5-8 Rear panel of the KVM....................................................................................................................5-12

Figure 5-9 LAN switch.......................................................................................................................................5-12

Figure 5-10 Front panel of the LAN switch.......................................................................................................5-13

Figure 5-11 R ear panel of the LAN switch........................................................................................................5-14Figure 5-12 Cabling frame.................................................................................................................................5-15

Figure 5-13 GBAM............................................................................................................................................5-16

Figure 5-14 Front panel of the GBAM...............................................................................................................5-16

Figure 5-15 R ear panel of the GBAM................................................................................................................5-18

Figure 5-16 GBAM............................................................................................................................................5-19

Figure 5-17 Front panel of the GBAM...............................................................................................................5-19

Figure 5-18 R ear panel of the GBAM................................................................................................................5-21

Figure 5-19 GBAM............................................................................................................................................5-22

Figure 5-20 Front panel of the GBAM...............................................................................................................5-22

Figure 5-21 R ear panel of the GBAM................................................................................................................5-24

Figure 5-22 R ear cable trough.............................................................................. ..............................................5-25

Figure 5-23 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR...........................................................................5-26

Figure 5-24 Distribution of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (IBM X3650T)..............................5-27

Figure 5-25 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (C5210/HP CC3310)...................5-29

Figure 5-26 Connections of signal cables in the GBCR (IBM X3650T)...........................................................5-31

Figure 5-27 Connections of signal cables in the GBCR (C5210/HP CC3310)..................................................5-32

Figure 6-1 Outer components of the GBCR.........................................................................................................6-3

Figure 6-2 Inner components of the GBCR.........................................................................................................6-4

Figure 6-3 Front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box.........................................................................6-6

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description Figures

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xv

Page 18: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 18/310

Figure 6-4 Rear panel of the BSC high-power distribution box..........................................................................6-7

Figure 6-5 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR (1)....................................................................... 6-10

Figure 6-6 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR (2)....................................................................... 6-11

Figure 6-7 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (1)...................................................6-12

Figure 6-8 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (2)...................................................6-14

Figure 6-9 Connections of the signal cables in the GBCR.................................................................................6-16

Figure 7-1 Outer components of the GBSR.........................................................................................................7-3

Figure 7-2 Inner components of the GBSR..........................................................................................................7-4

Figure 7-3 Distribution of the power switches in the GBSR (1)..........................................................................7-6

Figure 7-4 Distribution of the power switches in the GBSR (2)..........................................................................7-7

Figure 7-5 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (1).....................................................7-9

Figure 7-6 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (2)...................................................7-11

Figure 7-7 Connections of the signal cables in the GBSR.................................................................................7-13

Figure 8-1 Structure of the BSC subrack.............................................................................................................8-3

Figure 8-2 Fan box (Configuration PFCU)..........................................................................................................8-5

Figure 8-3 Fan box (Configuration PFCB)..........................................................................................................8-7

Figure 8-4 Slot assignment in the BSC subrack.................................................................................................8-10

Figure 8-5 DIP switch on the BSC subrack....................................................................................................... 8-10

Figure 8-6 Fully configured GMPS (1)..............................................................................................................8-13

Figure 8-7 Fully configured GMPS (2)..............................................................................................................8-13

Figure 8-8 Fully configured GMPS (3)..............................................................................................................8-14

Figure 8-9 Fully configured GMPS (4)..............................................................................................................8-14

Figure 8-10 Fully configured GMPS (5)............................................................................................................8-15Figure 8-11 Fully configured GMPS (6)............................................................................................................8-15

Figure 8-12 Fully configured GMPS (1)............................................................................................................8-16

Figure 8-13 Fully configured GMPS (2)............................................................................................................8-17

Figure 8-14 Fully configured GMPS (3)............................................................................................................8-17

Figure 8-15 Fully configured GMPS (4)............................................................................................................8-18

Figure 8-16 Fully configured GMPS (5)............................................................................................................8-18

Figure 8-17 Fully configured GMPS (6)............................................................................................................8-19

Figure 8-18 Fully configured GEPS (1).............................................................................................................8-20

Figure 8-19 Fully configured GEPS (2).............................................................................................................8-20

Figure 8-20 Fully configured GEPS (3).............................................................................................................8-21

Figure 8-21 Fully configured GEPS (4).............................................................................................................8-21

Figure 8-22 Fully configured GEPS (5).............................................................................................................8-22

Figure 8-23 Fully configured GEPS (6).............................................................................................................8-22

Figure 8-24 Fully configured GTCS (1).............................................................................................................8-23

Figure 8-25 Fully configured GTCS (2).............................................................................................................8-24

Figure 9-1 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel...............................................................................................9-7

Figure 9-2 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.................................................9-9

Figure 9-3 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.............................................................................................9-13

Figure 9-4 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT...............................................9-15

Figures

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

xvi Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 19: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 19/310

Figure 9-5 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.............................................................................................9-19

Figure 9-6 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT...............................................9-21

Figure 9-7 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.............................................................................................9-25

Figure 9-8 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT...............................................9-27

Figure 9-9 GGCU panel.....................................................................................................................................9-30

Figure 9-10 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.........................................................................................9-33

Figure 9-11 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.........................................................................................9-37

Figure 9-12 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.........................................................................................9-41

Figure 9-13 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.........................................................................................9-45

Figure 9-14 GOMU panel..................................................................................................................................9-48

Figure 9-15 GSCU panel....................................................................................................................................9-51

Figure 9-16 GTNU panel...................................................................................................................................9-54

Figure 9-17 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel....................................................................................................9-57

Figure 9-18 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel....................................................................................................9-59

Figure 9-19 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel....................................................................................................9-62

Figure 9-20 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel...................................................................................................9-65

Figure 9-21 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel...................................................................................................9-68

Figure 9-22 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel...................................................................................................9-71

Figure 9-23 GOGUA/GOGUB panel.................................................................................................................9-75

Figure 9-24 GOGUA/GOGUB panel.................................................................................................................9-78

Figure 9-25 GEHUB/GEPUG panel..................................................................................................................9-81

Figure 9-26 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG...........................................................................................9-84

Figure 9-27 GEHUB/GEPUG panel..................................................................................................................9-87Figure 9-28 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG...........................................................................................9-89

Figure 9-29 GDPUC panel.................................................................................................................................9-92

Figure 9-30 GDPUX panel.................................................................................................................................9-94

Figure 9-31 GDPUP panel.................................................................................................................................9-96

Figure 9-32 MDMC panel..................................................................................................................................9-98

Figure 9-33 DIP switch on the MDMC..............................................................................................................9-99

Figure 9-34 PAMU panel.................................................................................................................................9-100

Figure 9-35 DIP switch on the PAMU.............................................................................................................9-101

Figure 9-36 DIP switch on the PFCU..............................................................................................................9-103

Figure 9-37 Jumper pins on the PFCB.............................................................................................................9-104

Figure 10-1 Active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable.............................................................................................10-4

Figure 10-2 Installation position of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable...................................................10-7

Figure 10-3 Active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable...................................................................................10-8

Figure 10-4 Installation position of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable.......................................10-11

Figure 10-5 Inter-GTNU cable.........................................................................................................................10-11

Figure 10-6 Installation position of the inter-GTNU cable..............................................................................10-12

Figure 10-7 LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable..................................................................10-13

Figure 10-8 Installation position of the LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.......................10-14

Figure 10-9 LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable..................................................................10-15

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description Figures

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xvii

Page 20: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 20/310

Figure 10-10 Installation position of the LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.....................10-16

Figure 10-11 LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable................................................................10-17

Figure 10-12 Installation position of the LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.....................10-18

Figure 10-13 Crossover cable...........................................................................................................................10-19

Figure 10-14 Straight-through cable................................................................................................................10-20

Figure 10-15 Connections between the GSCUs and the GBAM.....................................................................10-21

Figure 10-16 Connection between the GBAM and the LAN switch...............................................................10-22

Figure 10-17 Connection between the LAN switch and the M2000 (LAN)....................................................10-22

Figure 10-18 Connection between the LAN switch and the BSC LMT computer..........................................10-23

Figure 10-19 Connection between the LAN switch and the CBC...................................................................10-23

Figure 10-20 Installation position of the Straight-through cable between the GSCUs....................................10-24

Figure 10-21 Connection between the GOMU and the LAN of the customer.................................................10-25

Figure 10-22 Connection between the GXPUM and the CBC........................................................................10-26

Figure 10-23 75-ohm coaxial clock cable........................................................................................................10-27

Figure 10-24 120-ohm clock conversion cable................................................................................................10-27

Figure 10-25 Installation position of the BITS clock signal cable...................................................................10-28

Figure 10-26 Y-shaped clock cable..................................................................................................................10-29

Figure 10-27 Installation position of the Y-shaped clock cable.......................................................................10-30

Figure 10-28 Alarm box signal cable...............................................................................................................10-31

Figure 10-29 Installation position of the signal cable of the alarm box...........................................................10-31

Figure 10-30 PDB monitoring signal cable......................................................................................................10-32

Figure 10-31 Installation positions of the PDB monitoring signal cable.........................................................10-33

Figure 10-32 RS485 communication cable......................................................................................................10-34Figure 10-33 Connecting the cable between the EMU and the power distribution box of the cabinet............10-35

Figure 10-34 GOMU serial port cable.............................................................................................................10-36

Figure 10-35 BSC external/internal power cable.............................................................................................10-38

Figure 10-36 BSC external/internal power cable.............................................................................................10-39

Figure 10-37 BSC PGND cable.......................................................................................................................10-41

Figure 12-1 DIP switch on the BSC subrack.....................................................................................................12-2

Figure 12-2 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG...........................................................................................12-4

Figure 12-3 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.............................................12-6

Figure 12-4 DIP switch on the MDMC..............................................................................................................12-8

Figure 12-5 DIP switch on the PAMU...............................................................................................................12-9

Figure 12-6 DIP switch on the PFCU..............................................................................................................12-10

Figures

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

xviii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 21: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 21/310

Tables

Table 2-1 Components of the BSC.......................................................................................................................2-2

Table 3-1 BSC hardware configuration modes....................................................................................................3-1

Table 5-1 Inner components of the GBCR...........................................................................................................5-6

Table 5-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box................................................5-8

Table 5-3 Technical specifications of the BSC power distribution box...............................................................5-9

Table 5-4 LEDs on the front panel of the LAN switch......................................................................................5-13

Table 5-5 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM.....................................................................................5-16

Table 5-6 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.......................................................................................5-18

Table 5-7 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM.....................................................................................5-19

Table 5-8 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.......................................................................................5-21

Table 5-9 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM.....................................................................................5-22

Table 5-10 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.....................................................................................5-24

Table 5-11 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR.............................................................................5-26

Table 5-12 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.................................................................................5-28Table 5-13 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.................................................................................5-30

Table 5-14 Signal cables in the GBCR...............................................................................................................5-33

Table 5-15 Structural specifications of the GBCR.............................................................................................5-36

Table 5-16 Electrical specifications of the GBCR............................................................................................. 5-37

Table 6-1 Inner Components of the GBCR..........................................................................................................6-5

Table 6-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box......................................................6-7

Table 6-3 Technical specifications of the BSC high-power distribution box......................................................6-8

Table 6-4 Ma pping between the power switches and the components (1).........................................................6-10

Table 6-5 Ma pping between the power switches and the components (2).........................................................6-11

Table 6-6 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (1)............................................................................. 6-13

Table 6-7 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (2)............................................................................. 6-14

Table 6-8 Signal cables in the GBCR.................................................................................................................6-17

Table 6-9 Str uctural specifications of the GBCR...............................................................................................6-20

Table 6-10 Electrical specifications of the GBCR............................................................................................. 6-20

Table 7-1 Inner components of the GBSR...........................................................................................................7-5

Table 7-2 Mapping between the power switches and the components (1)...........................................................7-6

Table 7-3 Mapping between the power switches and the components (2)...........................................................7-7

Table 7-4 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (1)..............................................................................7-10

Table 7-5 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (2)..............................................................................7-12

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description Tables

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xix

Page 22: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 22/310

Table 7-6 Signal cables in the GBSR.................................................................................................................7-14

Table 7-7 Structural specifications of the GBSR...............................................................................................7-15

Table 7-8 Electrical specifications of the GBSR................................................................................................7-16

Table 8-1 Components of the BSC subrack.........................................................................................................8-4

Table 8-2 LED on the fan box (Configuration PFCU).........................................................................................8-5

Table 8-3 Technical specifications of the fan box (Configuration PFCU)...........................................................8-6

Table 8-4 LED on the fan box (Configuration PFCB).........................................................................................8-8

Table 8-5 Technical specifications of the fan box (Configuration PFCB)...........................................................8-9

Table 8-6 Definitions of the DIP bits.................................................................................................................8-11

Table 8-7 Setting of the DIP switches................................................................................................................8-12

Table 8-8 Technical specifications of the GMPS...............................................................................................8-24

Table 8-9 Technical specifications of the GEPS................................................................................................8-25

Table 8-10 Technical specifications of the GTCS..............................................................................................8-25

Table 9-1 Boards in the BSC................................................................................................................................9-1

Table 9-2 LEDs on the board...............................................................................................................................9-7

Table 9-3 Por ts on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel............................................................................9-8

Table 9-4 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.......................................................................9-10

Table 9-5 Switch types related to the DIP bits...................................................................................................9-11

Table 9-6 LEDs on the board.............................................................................................................................9-13

Table 9-7 Por ts on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel..........................................................................9-14

Table 9-8 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.......................................................................9-16

Table 9-9 Switch types related to the DIP bits...................................................................................................9-17

Table 9-10 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-19Table 9-11 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel........................................................................9-20

Table 9-12 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.....................................................................9-22

Table 9-13 Switch types related to the DIP bits.................................................................................................9-23

Table 9-14 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-25

Table 9-15 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel........................................................................9-26

Table 9-16 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.....................................................................9-28

Table 9-17 Switch types related to the DIP bits.................................................................................................9-29

Table 9-18 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-31

Table 9-19 Ports on the GGCU panel.................................................................................................................9-31

Table 9-20 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-33

Table 9-21 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel......................................................................9-34

Table 9-22 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT......................................... .........9-35

Table 9-23 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-37

Table 9-24 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel......................................................................9-38

Table 9-25 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT......................................... .........9-39

Table 9-26 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-41

Table 9-27 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel......................................................................9-42

Table 9-28 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT......................................... .........9-43

Table 9-29 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-45

Tables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

xx Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 23: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 23/310

Table 9-30 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel......................................................................9-46

Table 9-31 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT..................................................9-47

Table 9-32 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-49

Table 9-33 Ports on the GOMU panel................................................................................................................9-50

Table 9-34 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-52

Table 9-35 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...............................................................................................................9-52

Table 9-36 Ports on the GSCU panel................................................................................................................. 9-53

Table 9-37 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-55

Table 9-38 Ports on the GTNU panel.................................................................................................................9-55

Table 9-39 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-57

Table 9-40 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel..................................................................................9-58

Table 9-41 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-60

Table 9-42 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel..................................................................................9-60

Table 9-43 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-62

Table 9-44 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel..................................................................................9-63

Table 9-45 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-65

Table 9-46 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...............................................................................................................9-66

Table 9-47 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.................................................................................9-66

Table 9-48 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-69

Table 9-49 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...............................................................................................................9-69

Table 9-50 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.................................................................................9-70

Table 9-51 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-72

Table 9-52 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...............................................................................................................9-72Table 9-53 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.................................................................................9-73

Table 9-54 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-75

Table 9-55 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel..............................................................................................9-76

Table 9-56 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB......................................................................... 9-76

Table 9-57 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-79

Table 9-58 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel..............................................................................................9-79

Table 9-59 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB......................................................................... 9-80

Table 9-60 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-82

Table 9-61 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel................................................................................................9-82

Table 9-62 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)............................................................9-84

Table 9-63 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)...................................................9-85

Table 9-64 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-87

Table 9-65 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel................................................................................................9-88

Table 9-66 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)............................................................9-90

Table 9-67 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)...................................................9-90

Table 9-68 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-92

Table 9-69 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-94

Table 9-70 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-96

Table 9-71 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-98

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description Tables

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xxi

Page 24: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 24/310

Table 9-72 Setting of S2.....................................................................................................................................9-99

Table 9-73 LEDs on the board.........................................................................................................................9-101

Table 9-74 Settings of SW1..............................................................................................................................9-102

Table 9-75 Settings of S1.................................................................................................................................9-103

Table 9-76 Setting of the pins...........................................................................................................................9-104

Table 10-1 List of BSC cables............................................................................................................................10-1

Table 10-2 Mapping between the micro coaxial cables and the pins of the DB44 connector ..........................10-5

Table 10-3 Mapping between the signals and the bearing media.......................................................................10-5

Table 10-4 Mapping between the twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector ..............................10-6

Table 10-5 Mapping between the 120-ohm twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector ..............10-8

Table 10-6 Pins at both ends of the twisted pair cable.......................................................................................10-9

Table 10-7 Mapping between the twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector ............................10-10

Table 10-8 Pins at both ends of the crossover cable.........................................................................................10-19

Table 10-9 Pins at both ends of the straight-through cable..............................................................................10-20

Table 10-10 Pins of the alarm box signal cable................................................................................................10-31

Table 10-11 Pins of the PDB monitoring signal cable.....................................................................................10-32

Table 10-12 Pins of the PDB monitoring signal cable.....................................................................................10-33

Table 10-13 Pins of the RS485 communication cable.....................................................................................10-34

Table 10-14 Pins of the GOMU serial port cable.............................................................................................10-36

Table 10-15 List of the BSC external power cables.........................................................................................10-37

Table 10-16 List of the BSC internal power cables..........................................................................................10-37

Table 10-17 List of the BSC external power cables.........................................................................................10-38

Table 10-18 List of the BSC internal power cables..........................................................................................10-38Table 10-19 List of the BSC PGND cables......................................................................................................10-40

Table 11-1 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box............................................11-3

Table 11-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box..................................................11-3

Table 11-3 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................11-4

Table 11-4 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................11-5

Table 11-5 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................11-5

Table 11-6 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................11-6

Table 11-7 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................11-7

Table 11-8 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................11-7

Table 11-9 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...............................................................................................................11-8

Table 11-10 LEDs on the board.........................................................................................................................11-8

Table 11-11 LEDs on the board.........................................................................................................................11-9

Table 11-12 LEDs on the board.........................................................................................................................11-9

Table 11-13 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................................11-10

Table 11-14 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................................11-11

Table 11-15 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...........................................................................................................11-12

Table 11-16 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................................11-12

Table 11-17 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................................11-13

Table 11-18 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................................11-13

Tables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

xxii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 25: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 25/310

Table 11-19 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................................11-14

Table 12-1 Definitions of the DIP bits...............................................................................................................12-2

Table 12-2 Setting of the DIP switches..............................................................................................................12-3

Table 12-3 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)............................................................12-4

Table 12-4 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)...................................................12-5

Table 12-5 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.....................................................................12-7

Table 12-6 Switch types related to the DIP bits.................................................................................................12-8

Table 12-7 Setting of S2.....................................................................................................................................12-9

Table 12-8 Settings of SW1................................................................................................................................12-9

Table 12-9 Settings of S1.................................................................................................................................12-10

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description Tables

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xxiii

Page 26: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 26/310

Page 27: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 27/310

1 Changes in BSC Hardware Description

This provides the changes of the BSC Hardware Description.

01(2010-01-30) of V900R008C15

This is the initial commercial release.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 1 Changes in BSC Hardware Description

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

1-1

Page 28: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 28/310

Page 29: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 29/310

2 BSC Physical Structure

This describes the physical structure of the BSC, including the cabinet, cables, LMT computers,

and alarm box.

Figure 2-1 shows the physical structure of the BSC.

Figure 2-1 Physical structure of the BSC

OM equipment room

LMT

LMT

……

……

Alarm box

Serial port

cable

Ethernet

cable

Ethernet

cable

GBCR GBSR GBSR

Equipment room

Optical cable to other NEs

Trunk cable to other NEs

PGND cable to the PDF

Ethernet cable to other NEs

Power cable to the PDF

LMT: Local Maintenance Terminal PDF: Power Distribution Frame

 

Table 2-1 lists the components of the BSC.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 2 BSC Physical Structure

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2-1

Page 30: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 30/310

Table 2-1 Components of the BSC

Component Introduction Refer to...

GSM BSC control

 processing rack (GBCR)

The GBCR provides

switching and processesservices for the BSC. One

GBCR is configured in a

BSC.

For details, refer to 5 GBCR 

(Configuration Type A) and 6GBCR (Configuration Type B).

GSM BSC service

 processing rack (GBSR)

The GBSR processes

various services for the

BSC. The number of 

GBSRs to be configured

depends on the traffic

volume. Zero to three

GBSRs can be

configured.

7 GBSR Cabinet

BSC Cables BSC cables are classified

into the Ethernet cables,

optical cables, and E1/T1

cables. The number of 

BSC cables to be

configured depends on

actual requirements.

10 BSC Cables

BSC LMT The LMT is a computer  

that is installed with the

LMT software package

and is connected to the

OM network of the NEs.

It is optional for the BSC.

LMT-Related Definitions

Alarm box The alarm box can

generate audible and

visual alarms. It is

optional for the BSC.

User manual delivered with the

alarm box

2 BSC Physical Structure

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

2-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 31: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 31/310

3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes

The BSC has three hardware configuration modes: BM/TC separated, BM/TC combined, and

A over IP.

Table 3-1 describes the three BSC hardware configuration modes.

Table 3-1 BSC hardware configuration modes

Description

Cabinet Subrack Boards Cable

BM/TC

separated

(built-in

PCU)

l GBCR 

l GBSR 

l GMPS

l GEPS

l

GTCS

l GXPUM

l GXPUT

l

GXPUIl GTNU

l GSCU

l GGCU

l GOMU

l GDPUX

l GDPUP

l GEPUG/GFGUG

l GEIUA/GOIUA

l GEIUB/GOIUB/

GFGUB/GOGUB/

GEHUB

l GEIUT/GOIUT

l Clock cable

– BITS clock signal

cable

– Y-shaped clock 

cable

l Ethernet cable

– Crossover cable

– Straight-through

Ethernet cable

l Optical cable

– LC/PC-LC/PC-

single-mode/multi-

mode optical cable

– LC/PC-FC/PC-single-mode/multi-

mode optical cable

– LC/PC-SC/PC-

single-mode/multi-

mode optical cable

l E1/T1 cable

– Active/standby 75-

ohm coaxial cable

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-1

Page 32: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 32/310

Description

Cabinet Subrack Boards Cable

BM/TC

separated

(external

PCU)

l GBCR 

l GBSR 

l GMPS

l GEPS

l GTCS

l GXPUM

l GXPUT

l GXPUI

l GTNU

l GSCU

l GGCU

l GOMU

l GDPUX

l GEIUA/GOIUA

l GEIUB/GOIUB/

GFGUB/GOGUB/

GEHUB

l GEIUT/GOIUT

l GEIUP/GOIUP

– Active/standby 120-

ohm twisted pair 

cable

l Inter-GTNU cable

l Signal cable of the

alarm box

l PDB monitoring signal

cable

l EMU RS485

communication cable

l GOMU serial port

cable

BM/TC

combined

(built-in

PCU)

l GBCR 

l GBSR 

l GMPS

l GEPS

l GXPUM

l GXPUT

l GXPUI

l GTNU

l GSCUl GGCU

l GOMU

l GDPUX

l GDPUP

l GEPUG/GFGUG

l GEIUA/GOIUA

l GEIUB/GOIUB/

GFGUB/GOGUB/

GEHUB

3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

3-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 33: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 33/310

Page 34: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 34/310

Description

Cabinet Subrack Boards Cable

A over IP

(external

PCU)

l GBCR 

l GBSR 

l GMPS

l GEPS

l GXPUM

l GXPUT

l GXPUI

l GTNU

l GSCU

l GGCU

l GOMU

l GDPUX

l GFGUA/GOGUA

l GEIUB/GOIUB/

GFGUB/GOGUB/

GEHUB

l GEIUP/GOIUP

 

3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

3-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 35: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 35/310

4 BSC Cabinet

About This Chapter

The BSC uses the Huawei N68E-22 cabinet. The cabinet is designed in compliance with

IEC60297 and IEEE standards.

4.1 Appearance of the BSC Cabinet

The dimensions of the BSC cabinet are as follows: 2,200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800

mm (depth). The BSC cabinets are classified into single-door cabinets and double-door cabinets.

4.2 Classification of the BSC Cabinet

Based on functions, the BSC cabinets are classified into the GBCR and the GBSR.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 4 BSC Cabinet

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-1

Page 36: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 36/310

4.1 Appearance of the BSC Cabinet

The dimensions of the BSC cabinet are as follows: 2,200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800

mm (depth). The BSC cabinets are classified into single-door cabinets and double-door cabinets.

Figure 4-1 shows a single-door BSC cabinet. Figure 4-2 shows a double-door BSC cabinet.

Figure 4-1 Single-door BSC cabinet

 

4 BSC Cabinet

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

4-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 37: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 37/310

Figure 4-2 Double-door BSC cabinet

 

4.2 Classification of the BSC Cabinet

Based on functions, the BSC cabinets are classified into the GBCR and the GBSR.

GBCR

The GBCR processes primary services and provides OM for the BSC. One GBCR is configured

in a BSC.

Based on the hardware configuration, the GBCR is classified into configuration type A and

configuration type B.

l In configuration type A, the GBCR is configured with the GBAM. For details, refer to 5

GBCR (Configuration Type A).

l In configuration type B, the GBCR is configured with the GOMU. For details, refer to 6

GBCR (Configuration Type B).

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 4 BSC Cabinet

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-3

Page 38: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 38/310

GBSR

The GBSR processes various services for the BSC. The number of GBSRs to be configured

depends on the traffic volume. Zero to three GBSRs can be configured. For details, refer to 7

GBSR Cabinet.

4 BSC Cabinet

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

4-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 39: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 39/310

5GBCR (Configuration Type A)

About This Chapter

This describes the components, cable connections, and engineering specifications of the GBCR 

that is configured with the GBAM.

5.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type A)

This describes the outer components and inner components of the GBCR.

5.2 BSC Common Power Distribution Box

Each BSC cabinet must be configured with one power distribution box, which is installed at the

top of the BSC cabinet.

5.3 Air Defence Subrack 

The air defence subrack is installed between two service subracks. It shields hot air from affecting

the service subracks and forms a straight-through air channel. The air defence subrack is 1 U

high.

5.4 KVM

The KVM is an integrated device, which consists of a keyboard, an LCD display, and a mouse.

It serves as the operating platform for the GBAM. The KVM can be configured when the GBCR 

is in configur ation type A.

5.5 LAN Switch

The LAN switch is installed in the GBCR. Each BSC should be configured with one LAN switch.

5.6 Cabling Frame

The cabling frame provides space for collecting the Ethernet cables of the LAN switch.

5.7 GBAM

There are three types of GBAM used in the BSC: IBM X3650T, C5210, and HP CC3310. The

GBAM is installed in the GBCR. Each BSC can be configured with one GBAM.

5.8 Rear Cable Trough

The rear cable trough is used to route and bind the cables for the boards that are inserted into

the rear slots of the subrack. Three fiber management trays are installed at the bottom of each

rear cable trough. They are used to coil optical cables.

5.9 GBCR Cable Connections (Configuration Type A)The cables of the GBCR consist of the power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-1

Page 40: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 40/310

5.10 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (Configuration Type A)

The technical specifications of the GBCR consist of structural specifications and electrical

specifications.

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

5-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 41: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 41/310

5.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type A)

This describes the outer components and inner components of the GBCR.

The outer components of the GBCR consist of the rack, side doors, front door, and rear door.

The inner components of the GBCR vary with the configuration type. In configuration type A,

the inner components of the GBCR consist of the power distribution box, subracks, air defence

subrack, KVM, LAN switch, cabling frame, GBAM, and rear cable trough.

Outer Components of the GBCR

Figure 5-1 shows the outer components of the GBCR.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-3

Page 42: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 42/310

Figure 5-1 Outer components of the GBCR 

1

2

23

3

(1) Rack (2) Side door (3) Front and back doors

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

5-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 43: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 43/310

 

Inner Components of the GBCR

Figure 5-2 shows the inner components of the GBCR.

Figure 5-2 Inner components of the GBCR 

7

2

13  4

 

1

1

1

5

6

6

1

Front view

8

1

Rear view

8

9

10

10

5

4

2

(1) Filler panel (2) GBAM (3) Cabling frame (4) LAN switch (5) KVM

(6) Subrack (7) Air defence

subrack 

(8) Power distribution box (9) Cable rack in the

cabinet

(10) Rear cable

trough

 

Table 5-1 lists the inner components of the GBCR.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-5

Page 44: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 44/310

Table 5-1 Inner components of the GBCR 

Component Description Refer to...

Power distribution box One (mandatory) BSC Common Power

Distribution Box

Subrack One mandatory GMPS,

and one optional GEPS or 

GTCS

BSC Subracks

Air defence subrack When the cabinet is

configured with two

subracks, one air defence

subrack should be

configured.

Air Defence Subrack 

KVM One (optional) KVM

LAN switch One (mandatory) LAN Switch

Cabling frame One (mandatory) Cabling Frame

GBAM One (mandatory) GBAM

Rear cable trough Each subrack should be

configured with one rear 

cable trough.

Rear Cable Trough

 

NOTE

In configuration type A, the GBCR should be configured with the BSC common power distribution box.

5.2 BSC Common Power Distribution Box

Each BSC cabinet must be configured with one power distribution box, which is installed at the

top of the BSC cabinet.

The BSC common power distribution box provides lightning protection and overcur rent

 protection for two -48 V inputs, which are then divided into two groups to supply power to the

functional modules in the BSC. (Each group has three -48 V outputs and thr ee RTN outputs.)The power distribution box also detects the input voltage and the output power, and generates

audible and visual alarms when faults occur.

5.2.1 Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box

The components on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are the panel of 

the MDMC, label for power distribution switches, power distribution switches, and panel of the

overvoltage protection board.

5.2.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box

The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are labeled RUN and

ALM.

5.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

5-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 45: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 45/310

Page 46: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 46/310

5.2.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common PowerDistribution Box

The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are labeled RUN and

ALM.

Table 5-2 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box.

Table 5-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The MDMC is operating and

communicating with the GSCU.

On for 0.25s and off 

for 0.25s

The MDMC is not operating or not

communicating with the GSCU.

Off There is no power supply to the MDMC

or the power distribution box is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On The power distribution box is faulty. The

ALM LED, however, is always on during

the MDMC self-test. It is an indication

that the ALM LED is functional.

 

NOTE

When the power distribution box is reset, the RUN and ALM LEDs turn on at the same time. Meanwhile,

the monitoring board is performing self-check. As soon as the self-check is complete, the RUN and ALM

LEDs turn off. Then, the RUN and ALM LEDs normally display the operating status of the power 

distribution box.

5.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box

This describes the components on the rear panel of the BSC common power distribution box.

These components are the power input terminal block, the power output terminal block, and the

 port used to connect the power distribution box to a service subrack.

Figure 5-4 shows the rear panel of the BSC common power distribution box.

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

5-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 47: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 47/310

Figure 5-4 Rear panel of the BSC common power distribution box

-48V IN

-48V OUT

RTN RTN -48V2 -48V1-48V1 -48V1 -48V1 -48V2 -48V2 -48V2

RTNRTN RTN RTN RTN RTN RTN

 M O N I  T

 O R

 P O R  T S

(1) Power input terminal block (2) Power output terminal block (3) Port used to connect the power 

distribution box to a service subrack 

 

NOTE

l Figure 5-4 shows the main ports related to the BSC.

l The port for connecting a service subrack is connected to the lowest service subrack in the cabinet

through the monitoring signal cable of the power distribution box.

The wiring terminals for the -48 V power cable and RTN power cable are labeled -48V and RTNon the power input terminal block and power output terminal block.

5.2.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC Common PowerDistribution Box

The technical specifications of the BSC power distribution box consist of the input specifications

and output specifications.

Table 5-3 describes the technical specifications of the BSC power distribution box.

Table 5-3 Technical specifications of the BSC power distribution box

Item Sub Item Specification

Input specifications Rated input voltage -48 V DC

Input voltage -40 V DC to -57 V DC

Input mode Two -48 V DC inputs

Maximum input current Two inputs, each of which

has a maximum input current

of 100 A

Output specifications Rated output voltage -48 V DC

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-9

Page 48: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 48/310

Item Sub Item Specification

Output voltage -40 V DC to -57 V DC

Independent output Six groups of independent

 power output: Each groupconsists of one -48 V output

and one RTN output. The

output of current is

controlled by a switch, which

 performs short-circuiting

functions. When the total

current of the six groups of 

 power output is smaller than

100 A, the maximum current

of each power output is 70 A.

Output protectionspecifications

The current at theovercurrent protection point

is 87.5 A. You need to restore

the default value manually.

Rated output power 4,800 W in hot backup mode

 

5.3 Air Defence SubrackThe air defence subrack is installed between two service subracks. It shields hot air from affecting

the service subracks and forms a straight-through air channel. The air defence subrack is 1 U

high.

Appearance

Figure 5-5 shows the air defence subrack.

Figure 5-5 Air defence subrack 

 

Dimensions

The dimensions of the air defence subrack are 44.45 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 476.1 mm(depth).

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

5-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 49: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 49/310

Page 50: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 50/310

Rear Panel

Figure 5-8 shows the rear panel of the KVM.

Figure 5-8 Rear panel of the KVM

4

1 2 3

(1) Grounding bolt (2) DC power input socket

3. Power switch (4) Cable connectors for the KVM

 

NOTE

To push the KVM completely into the cabinet, use your index fingers to press and hold the white button

on both sides of the KVM, and then push the KVM into the cabinet while sliding the buttons outwards.

When you feel resisting force, release the buttons.

5.5 LAN SwitchThe LAN switch is installed in the GBCR. Each BSC should be configured with one LAN switch.

The LAN switch provides 10M/100M adaptive full-duplex Ethernet ports for the BSC. The LMTcomputer accesses the BSC through the LAN switch. The BSC also accesses the M2000 through

the LAN switch.

Appearance of the LAN Switch

The LAN switch used in the BSC is the Quidway S3026C.

Figure 5-9 shows the LAN switch.

Figure 5-9 LAN switch

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

5-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 51: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 51/310

 

Front Panel of the LAN Switch

The components on the front panel of the LAN switch are the mode switch button, configuration ports, and LEDs, and Ethernet ports.

Figure 5-10 shows the front panel of the LAN switch.

Figure 5-10 Front panel of the LAN switch

12

34

65

Quidway S3500 Series

(1) Power LED (2) A/L LED

(3) D/S LED (4) MODE switch button

(5) 10M/100M adaptive full-duplex BASE-TX Ethernet ports (6) Configuration port (CONSOLE)

NOTE

l You can configure the LAN switch through the configuration port to meet the BSC requirements.

l You can change the status indicated by the LEDs of the 10M/100M BASE-TX Ethernet ports by

setting the MODE switch button of the LAN switch.

LEDs on the Front Panel of the LAN SwitchThe LEDs on the front panel of the LAN switch consist of the power LED, A/L LEDs, and D/

S LEDs.

Table 5-4 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the LAN switch.

Table 5-4 LEDs on the front panel of the LAN switch

LEDColor

Status Meaning  

POWER  Green

On

The power supply to the LAN switch is

normal.

Off The LAN switch is not powered on.

A/L

Yello

w (on

the

left)

On

(blinking

)

The port is active and there is data flow.

OFF The port is active but there is no data flow.

Gree

n (on

the

right)

ON The port is correctly linked.

OFF The port is not linked or wrongly linked.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-13

Page 52: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 52/310

LEDColor

Status Meaning  

D/S

Yello

w (on

the

left)

ON The port is in full duplex mode.

OFF The port is in half duplex mode.

Gree

n (on

the

right)

ON The data rate on the port is 100 Mbit/s.

OFF The data rate on the port is 10 Mbit/s.

 

NOTE

Only ports 2, 4, 20, 22, and 24 on the LAN switch are used. The other ports are reserved.

Rear Panel of the LAN Switch

The components on the rear panel of the LAN switch are the DC power socket and the PGND

 post.

Figure 5-11 shows the rear panel of the LAN switch.

Figure 5-11 Rear panel of the LAN switch

1 2

RTN(+)NEG(-)

(1) DC power socket (2) PGND post

 

5.6 Cabling Frame

The cabling frame provides space for collecting the Ethernet cables of the LAN switch.

Figure 5-12 shows the cabling frame.

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

5-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 53: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 53/310

Figure 5-12 Cabling frame

Cablingframe

 

5.7 GBAM

There are three types of GBAM used in the BSC: IBM X3650T, C5210, and HP CC3310. The

GBAM is installed in the GBCR. Each BSC can be configured with one GBAM.

5.7.1 Functions of the GBAM

The GBAM serves as a bridge between the LMT and the BSC.

5.7.2 Appear ance of the GBAM (IBM X3650T)

This describes the IBM X3650T, which serves as the GBAM.

5.7.3 Appear ance of the GBAM (C5210)

This describes the C5210, which serves as the GBAM.

5.7.4 Appear ance of the GBAM (HP CC3310)

This describes the HP CC3310, which serves as the GBAM.

5.7.1 Functions of the GBAM

The GBAM serves as a bridge between the LMT and the BSC.

The GBAM performs the following functions:

l Controls the communication between the LMT computer and boards, facilitates the data

configuration of the LMT, and filters the performance and alarm data

l Processes the commands issued by the LMT computer/M2000, and then forwards the

commands to the boards in the BSC for processing

l Filters the results from the BSC boards, and then returns the results to the LMT computer 

5.7.2 Appearance of the GBAM (IBM X3650T)

This describes the IBM X3650T, which serves as the GBAM.

Figure 5-13 shows the GBAM.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-15

Page 54: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 54/310

Figure 5-13 GBAM

 

Front Panel of the GBAM (IBM X3650T)

The components on the front panel of the GBAM are the CD drive, LEDs, ports, and switches.

Figure 5-14 shows the front panel of the GBAM.

Figure 5-14 Front panel of the GBAM

1 2 3 45

67

8

910

11

12

13

141516

 

Table 5-5 describes the silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM.

Table 5-5 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM

SN Silkscreen Description

1 None CD-ROM drive

2 Power switch

3 Reset switch

4 CRT The CRT LED indicates the critical alarm

information. When the indicator is on (yellow), a

critical fault occurs in the system and the system

cannot work properly.

5 MJR The MJR LED indicates the major alarm

information. When the indicator is on (yellow), a

major fault occurs in the system. Though the

system can work properly, its performance

deteriorates.

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

5-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 55: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 55/310

SN Silkscreen Description

6 MNR The MNR LED indicates the minor alarm

information. When the indicator is on (yellow), a

minor fault occurs in the system. The system can

still work properly.

7 PWR The PWR LED indicates the power fault

information. When the indicator is on (yellow), the

 power supply for the system is faulty.

8 Serial port, with an 8-pin RJ45 connector  

9 USB port

100

Indicates the status of the read and write function

of hard disk 0. When the LED is green, the read

and write function of the hard disk is normal; whenthe LED is yellow, the read and write function of 

the hard disk is not normal.

111

Indicates the status of the read and write function

of hard disk 1. When the LED is green, the read

and write function of the hard disk is normal; when

the LED is yellow, the read and write function of 

the hard disk is not normal.

12 ON Main power LED

13 NIC0/NIC1 LED

14 System ID LED

15 ID switch, used to switch the system ID.

16 None NMI switch. When the NMI switch is pressed, the

GBAM is in the pause state and continues to

diagnose faults.

 

Rear Panel of the GBAM (IBM X3650T)

The components on the rear panel of the GBAM are the power port, grounding post, and signal

 ports.

Figure 5-15 shows the rear panel of the GBAM.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-17

Page 56: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 56/310

Figure 5-15 Rear panel of the GBAM

 

Table 5-6 describes the silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.

Table 5-6 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM

SN Silkscreen Description

1 Alarms DB15 alarm port (output port for the alarm information

of the GBAM)

2 None PCI extension slot (not configured)

3 None PCI extension slot (configured)

4 None Port of the 10M/100M adaptive Ethernet adapter  

5 None Power module

6 PS/2 port, used to connect the keyboard and the mouse.

The upper one is connected to the mouse and the lower 

one is connected to the keyboard.

7 Serial port, with an 8-pin RJ45 connector  

8 1 RJ45 NIC1 connector 

9 2 RJ45 NIC2 connector 

10 Video connector  

111

USB 1

120

USB 0

13 Configuration port of the GBAM

14 SCSILVD/SE

Ultra320 SCSI port

15 PGND post

 

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

5-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 57: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 57/310

5.7.3 Appearance of the GBAM (C5210)

This describes the C5210, which serves as the GBAM.

Figure 5-16 shows the GBAM.

Figure 5-16 GBAM

 

Front Panel of the GBAM (C5210)

The components on the front panel of the GBAM are the CD drive, LEDs, ports, and switches.

Figure 5-17 shows the front panel of the GBAM.

Figure 5-17 Front panel of the GBAM

1 2 3 45

67

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

151617

 

Table 5-7 describes the silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM.

Table 5-7 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM

SN Silkscreen Description

1 None CD-ROM drive

2 Power switch

3 Reset switch

4 CRT The CRT LED indicates the critical alarm information. When

the indicator is on (yellow), a critical fault occurs in the system

and the system cannot work properly.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-19

Page 58: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 58/310

SN Silkscreen Description

5 MJR The MJR LED indicates the major alarm information. When

the indicator is on (yellow), a major fault occurs in the system.

Though the system can work properly, its performance

deteriorates.

6 MNR The MNR LED indicates the minor alarm information. When

the indicator is on (yellow), a minor fault occurs in the system.

The system can still work properly.

7 PWR The PWR LED indicates the power fault information. When

the indicator is on (yellow), the power supply for the system is

faulty.

8 Serial port, with an 8-pin RJ45 connector  

9 USB port

10

112

Indicates the status of the read and write function of hard disk 

2. When the LED is green, the read and write function of the

hard disk is normal; when the LED is yellow, the read and write

function of the hard disk is not normal.

121

Indicates the status of the read and write function of hard disk 

1. When the LED is green, the read and write function of the

hard disk is normal; when the LED is yellow, the read and write

function of the hard disk is not normal.

13 ON Main power LED

14 NIC0/NIC1 LED

15 System ID LED

16 ID switch, used to switch the system ID.

17 None NMI switch. When the NMI switch is pressed, the GBAM is

in the pause state and continues to diagnose faults.

 

Rear Panel of the GBAM (C5210)

The components on the rear panel of the GBAM are the power port, grounding post, and signal

 ports.

Figure 5-18 shows the rear panel of the GBAM.

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

5-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 59: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 59/310

Figure 5-18 Rear panel of the GBAM

+--+

12 11 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

 

Table 5-8 describes the silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.

Table 5-8 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM

SN Silkscreen Description

11

USB 1

2 Video connector  

3 SCSILVD/SE

Ultra320 SCSI port

4 1 RJ45 NIC1 connector 

5 Mouse/keyboard connector; A Y-shaped cable can be used

to connect the mouse and the keyboard.

6 Serial port, with an 8-pin RJ45 connector  

72

USB 2

8 None Port of the 10M/100M adaptive Ethernet adapter  

9 PGND post

10 None DC input socket; The connector labeled "-" is fixed to a -48

V cable, and the connector labeled "+" is fixed to an RTN

cable.

11 Alarms DB15 alarm port (output port for the alarm information of  

the GBAM)

12 0 RJ45 NIC0 connector 

 

5.7.4 Appearance of the GBAM (HP CC3310)

This describes the HP CC3310, which serves as the GBAM.

Figure 5-19 shows the GBAM.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-21

Page 60: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 60/310

Figure 5-19 GBAM

 

Front Panel of the GBAM (HP CC3310)

The components on the front panel of the GBAM are the CD drive, LEDs, ports, and switches.

Figure 5-20 shows the front panel of the GBAM.

Figure 5-20 Front panel of the GBAM

1 2 3 45

67

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

151617

 

Table 5-9 describes the silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM.

Table 5-9 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM

SN Silkscreen Description

1 None CD-ROM drive

2 Power switch

3 Reset switch

4 CRT The CRT LED indicates the critical alarm information. When

the indicator is on (yellow), a critical fault occurs in the system

and the system cannot work properly.

5 MJR The MJR LED indicates the major alarm information. When

the indicator is on (yellow), a major fault occurs in the system.

Though the system can work properly, its performance

deteriorates.

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

5-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 61: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 61/310

SN Silkscreen Description

6 MNR The MNR LED indicates the minor alarm information. When

the indicator is on (yellow), a minor fault occurs in the system.

The system can still work properly.

7 PWR The PWR LED indicates the power fault information. When

the indicator is on (yellow), the power supply for the system is

faulty.

8 Serial port, with an 8-pin RJ45 connector  

9 USB port

10

112

Indicates the status of the read and write function of hard disk 

2. When the LED is green, the read and write function of the

hard disk is normal; when the LED is yellow, the read and write

function of the hard disk is not normal.

121

Indicates the status of the read and write function of hard disk 

1. When the LED is green, the read and write function of the

hard disk is normal; when the LED is yellow, the read and write

function of the hard disk is not normal.

13 ON Main power LED

14 NIC0/NIC1 LED

15 System ID LED

16 ID switch, used to switch the system ID.

17 None NMI switch. When the NMI switch is pressed, the GBAM is in

the pause state and continues to diagnose faults.

 

Rear Panel of the GBAM (HP CC3310)

The components on the rear panel of the GBAM are the power port, grounding post, and signal

 ports.

Figure 5-21 shows the rear panel of the GBAM.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-23

Page 62: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 62/310

Figure 5-21 Rear panel of the GBAM

+--+

21

88 9

910

3

12

4 6

11

75

 

Table 5-10 describes the silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.

Table 5-10 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM

SN Silkscreen Description

11

USB 1

2 Video connector  

3 SCSILVD/SE

Ultra320 SCSI port

4 1 RJ45 NIC1 connector 

5 Mouse/keyboard connector; A Y-shaped cable can be

used to connect the mouse and the keyboard.

6 Serial port, with an 8-pin RJ45 connector  

72

USB 2

8 None Port of the 10M/100M adaptive Ethernet adapter  

9 PGND post

10 None DC input socket; The connector labeled "-" is fixed to a

-48 V cable, and the connector labeled "+" is fixed to an

RTN cable.

11 Alarms DB15 alarm port (output port for the alarm information

of the GBAM)

12 0 RJ45 NIC0 connector 

 

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

5-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 63: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 63/310

5.8 Rear Cable Trough

The rear cable trough is used to route and bind the cables for the boards that are inserted into

the rear slots of the subrack. Three fiber management trays are installed at the bottom of each

rear cable trough. They are used to coil optical cables.

Figure 5-22 shows the rear cable trough.

Figure 5-22 Rear cable trough

Fiber management trays

 

5.9 GBCR Cable Connections (Configuration Type A)

The cables of the GBCR consist of the power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables.

5.9.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR supplies

 power to a component in the GBCR in a fixed way.

5.9.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type A)

The power cables of the GBCR are used to connect the PDF to the PDB. This ensures a stable

 power supply for the GBCR. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the PDF or to

the grounding bar in the equipment room. This protects the cabinet from electrostatic discharge.

5.9.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type A)

The signal cables in the GBCR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable, active/

standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable, optical cable, straight-through cable,inter-GTNU cable,

BITS clock cable, Y-shaped clock cable, and PDB monitoring signal cable.

5.9.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (ConfigurationType A)

Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR supplies

 power to a component in the GBCR in a fixed way.

Figure 5-23 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the power 

distribution box and the components in the GBCR. Table 5-11 lists the mapping between the power control switches and the components.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-25

Page 64: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 64/310

Figure 5-23 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR 

Distribution of power switches

Subrack-1

Subrack-0

KVM

LAN Switch

GBAM

SW1、SW4

SW2、SW5

SW3

SW3

SW3、SW6

 

Table 5-11 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR 

Component Power Switch

Subrack 1 SW1 and SW4

Subrack 0 SW2 and SW5

KVM SW3

LAN Switch SW3

GBAM SW3 and SW6

 

5.9.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR(Configuration Type A)

The power cables of the GBCR are used to connect the PDF to the PDB. This ensures a stable

 power supply for the GBCR. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the PDF or to

the grounding bar in the equipment room. This protects the cabinet from electrostatic discharge.

l Figure 5-24 shows the GBCR configured with the IBM X3650T GBAM.

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

5-26 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 65: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 65/310

l Figure 5-25 shows the GBCR configured with the C5210/HP CC3310 GBAM.

Figure 5-24 Distribution of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (IBM X3650T)

13

14

15

18

19

V

2

V

2R2

24

25

26

27

Vx: -48Vx

Rx: RTNx

21 65

NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR

NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2

43 87

NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR

NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2

V

1

V

1

V

1R1

SW1 SW2 SW3SW4SW5SW6

28

29

30

31

2

223

11.2.1

11.1.1

2

1

11.1.2

11.1.3

11.2.3

1

12

0

     I     O

R1 R1 R2

1 2 3 4 11.1 11.2 5 6 7 10

KVM

LAN

switch

GBAM

12R2

8

V

2

9

11.2.2

16

17

PGND wiring post

on the top of the cabinet Power distribution box Power distribution box

Subrack

Subrack

Subrack

Subrack

PGND wiring post on the

base of the cabinet

PGND wiring post on the

base of the cabinet

Rear view Front view

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-27

Page 66: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 66/310

 

Table 5-12 lists the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.

Table 5-12 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR 

Number Description

1-8 Power cables for the BSC subracks

11 Power cable for the KVM

12 PDB monitoring cable

11.1.1 and 11.2.1 Power cables for the LAN switch

11.1.2, 11.2.2, 11.1.3, and 11.2.3 Power cables for the GBAM

13 PGND cable connecting the PDB and the

 busbar 

14, 15, 16, and 17 PGND cables for the BSC subracks

18 and 19 PGND cables connecting the busbars of  

different cabinets

20 PGND cable for the KVM

21 PGND cable for the LAN switch

22 and 23 PGND cables for the GBAM

24-31 PGND cables for the cabinet doors

 

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

5-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 67: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 67/310

Figure 5-25 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (C5210/HP CC3310)

13

14

15

18

19

V2

V2

R2

Rear view

24

25

26

27

Vx: -48Vx

Rx: RTNx

21 65

NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR

NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2

43 87

NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR

NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2

V1

V1

V1

R1

SW1 SW2 SW3SW4SW5SW6

Front view

28

29

30

31

222

3

11.2.

1

11.1.

1

2

1

11.1.2

10.2

11.1.311.2.3

1

12

0

      I      O

R1 R1 R2

1 2 3 4 11.1 11.2 5 6 7 10

KVM

LAN

switch

GBAM

12R2

8

V2

9

10.39.3

11.2.2

9.2

16

17

PGND wiring post

on the top of the cabinet Power distribution boxPower distribution box

Subrack

Subrack

Subrack

Subrack

PGND wiring post on the

base of the cabinet

PGND wiring post on the

base of the cabinet

 

Table 5-13 describes the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-29

Page 68: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 68/310

Table 5-13 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR 

Number Description

1-8 Power cables for the BSC subracks

11 Power cable for the KVM

12 PDB monitoring cable

11.1.1 and 11.2.1 Power cables for the LAN switch

9.2, 9.3, 10.2, 10.3, 11.1.2, 11.2.2, 11.1.3, and

11.2.3

Power cables for the GBAM

13 PGND cable connecting the PDB and the

 busbar 

14, 15, 16, and 17 PGND cables for the BSC subracks

18 and 19 PGND cables connecting the busbars of  

different cabinets

20 PGND cable for the KVM

21 PGND cable for the LAN switch

22 and 23 PGND cables for the GBAM

24-31 PGND cables for the cabinet doors

 

5.9.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (ConfigurationType A)

The signal cables in the GBCR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable, active/

standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable, optical cable, straight-through cable,inter-GTNU cable,

BITS clock cable, Y-shaped clock cable, and PDB monitoring signal cable.

l Figure 5-26 shows the GBCR configured with the IBM X3650T GBAM.

l Figure 5-27 shows the GBCR configured with the C5210/HP CC3310 GBAM.

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

5-30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 69: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 69/310

Figure 5-26 Connections of signal cables in the GBCR (IBM X3650T)

MONITOR

MONITOR

13

20

23

12

9

10

18

19

19

18

1516

17

17

24

21

22

14

16

15

144321

5

5

6

6

11

7

8

7

8

12

23

20

13 9 10 11

Power distribution box

GEPS

GEPS

GMPS

Rear view Front view

GMPS

LAN switch

Power distribution box

 

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-31

Page 70: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 70/310

Figure 5-27 Connections of signal cables in the GBCR (C5210/HP CC3310)

MONITOR

MONITOR

13

20

23

12

9

10

18

19

19

18

1516

17

17

24

21

22

14

16

15

144321

5

5

6

6

11

7

8

7

8

12

23

20

13 9 10 11Power distribution box

GEPS

GEPS

GMPS

Rear view Front view

GMPS

LAN switch

Power distribution box

NOTE

l Figure 5-26 and Figure 5-27 show the connections of signal cables between a GMPS and a GEPS. If 

there are more than one GEPS, you need to connect each GEPS to the GMPS directly. The connection

method is the same as the method of connecting the first GEPS to the GMPS.

l The types of interface boards, installation positions of cables, and number of cables shown in Figure

5-26 andFigure 5-27 are examples. The actual types of interface boards, installation positions of cables,

and number of cables depend on the site plan.

 

Table 5-14 describes the connections of the signal cables in the GBCR.

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

5-32 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 71: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 71/310

Table 5-14 Signal cables in the GBCR 

SN

Description Connector Type/  InstallationPosition 1

ConnectorType/ Installation

Position 2

Remarks

1 75-ohm coaxial clock 

cable (or 120-ohm clock 

conversion cable)

connecting the GGCU to

the BITS clock port

SMB male

connector/

CLKIN1 port on

the GGCU that is

installed in slot 13

of the GMPS

Connector 

attached to the

BITS clock/

BITS clock port

Figure 5-26

shows the clock 

cables that are

connected to the

CLKIN1 and

CLKIN0 ports.

Generally, only

one port is used

to connect to the

BITS clock.

2 75-ohm coaxial clock 

cable (or 120-ohm clock 

conversion cable)

connecting the GGCU tothe BITS clock port

SMB male

connector/

CLKIN0 port on

the GGCU that isinstalled in slot 13

of the GMPS

Connector 

attached to the

BITS clock/

BITS clock port

3 75-ohm coaxial clock 

cable (or 120-ohm clock 

conversion cable)

connecting the GGCU to

the BITS clock port

SMB male

connector/

CLKIN1 port on

the GGCU that is

installed in slot 12

of the GMPS

Connector 

attached to the

BITS clock/

BITS clock port

4 75-ohm coaxial clock 

cable (or 120-ohm clock 

conversion cable)

connecting the GGCU to

the BITS clock port

SMB male

connector/

CLKIN0 port on

the GGCU that is

installed in slot 12

of the GMPS

Connector 

attached to the

BITS clock/

BITS clock port

5 Y-shaped clock cable

connecting the GGCU to

the GSCU

RJ45/CLKOUT

 port on the GGCU

that is installed in

slot 12 or 13 of the

GMPS

RJ45/CLKIN

 port on the

GSCU that is

installed in slot 6

of the GEPS

-

6 Y-shaped clock cable

connecting the GGCU tothe GSCU

RJ45/CLKOUT

 port on the GGCUthat is installed in

slot 12 or 13 of the

GMPS

RJ45/CLKIN

 port on theGSCU that is

installed in slot 7

of the GEPS

7 Inter-GTNU cable DB14/TDM port

on the GTNU that

is installed in slot 4

or 5 of the GMPS

DB14/TDM port

on the GTNU

that is installed in

slot 4 or 5 of the

GEPS

-

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-33

Page 72: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 72/310

SN

Description Connector Type/  InstallationPosition 1

ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition 2

Remarks

8 Inter-GTNU cable DB14/TDM port

on the GTNU that

is installed in slot 4

or 5 of the GMPS

DB14/TDM port

on the GTNU

that is installed in

slot 4 or 5 of the

GEPS

9 E1/T1 cable connecting

the EIUa/PEUa to the

DDF or other NEs

DB44/E1/T1 port

on the EIUa/PEUa

that is installed in

slot 14 of the GEPS

DDF or other 

 NEs

-

10 E1/T1 cable connecting

the EIUa/PEUa to theDDF or other NEs

DB44/E1/T1 port

on the EIUa/PEUathat is installed in

slot 15 of the GEPS

DDF or other 

 NEs

11 E1/T1 cable connecting

the EIUa/PEUa to the

DDF or other NEs

DB44/E1/T1 port

on the EIUa/PEUa

that is installed in

slot 14 or 15 of the

GEPS

DDF or other 

 NEs

-

12 PDB monitoring signal

cable

DB15/port

connecting the

PDB to a servicesubrack 

DB15/

MONITOR port

on the lowestsubrack 

-

13 Optical cable LC optical port/slot

27 of the GEPS

OIUa in the

GTCS, or ODF,

or other NEs

-

14 Inter-GSCU Ethernet

cable

RJ45/10/100/1000

BASE-T port on

the GSCU that is

installed in slot 7 of 

the GMPS

RJ45/10/100/10

00BASE-T port

on the GSCU

that is installed in

slot 6 of the

GEPS

-

15 Inter-GSCU Ethernet

cable

RJ45/10/100/1000

BASE-T port on

the GSCU that is

installed in slot 7 of 

the GMPS

RJ45/10/100/10

00BASE-T port

on the GSCU

that is installed in

slot 7 of the

GEPS

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

5-34 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 73: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 73/310

SN

Description Connector Type/  InstallationPosition 1

ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition 2

Remarks

16 Inter-GSCU Ethernet

cable

RJ45/10/100/1000

BASE-T port on

the GSCU that is

installed in slot 6 of 

the GMPS

RJ45/10/100/10

00BASE-T port

on the GSCU

that is installed in

slot 7 of the

GEPS

17 Inter-GSCU Ethernet

cable

RJ45/10/100/1000

BASE-T port on

the GSCU that is

installed in slot 6 of 

the GMPS

RJ45/10/100/10

00BASE-T port

on the GSCU

that is installed in

slot 6 of the

GEPS

18 Ethernet cable between

the GSCU and the GBAM

RJ45/GBAM RJ45/10/100/10

00BASE-T10

 port on the

GSCU that is

installed in slot 6

of the GMPS

-

19 Ethernet cable between

the GSCU and the GBAM

RJ45/GBAM RJ45/10/100/10

00BASE-T10

 port on the

GSCU that isinstalled in slot 7

of the GEPS

20 Ethernet cable between

the LAN switch and the

GBAM

RJ45/Ethernet port

on the GBAM

RJ45/Ethernet

 port on the LAN

switch

The GBAM is

connected to

 port 2 on the

LAN switch.

21 Ethernet cable between

the LAN switch and the

LMT computer 

RJ45/Ethernet port

on the LAN switch

RJ45/LMT

computer 

The LMT

computer is

connected to

 port 22 on theLAN switch.

22 Ethernet cable between

the LAN switch and the

M2000 (LAN)

RJ45/Ethernet port

on the LAN switch

RJ45/Ethernet

 port on the

M2000 (LAN)

The M2000

(LAN) is

connected to

 port 24 on the

LAN switch.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-35

Page 74: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 74/310

SN

Description Connector Type/  InstallationPosition 1

ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition 2

Remarks

23 Ethernet cable between

the GBAM and the KVM

DB25 male

connector/KVM

signal input port

DB15 male

connector/

GBAM monitor 

 port (PS2 male

connector)/Y-

shaped KVM

mouse port (PS2

male connector)/

Y-shaped KVM

key port

-

24 Ethernet cable between

the LAN switch and the

CBC

RJ45/Ethernet port

on the LAN switch

RJ45/Ethernet

 port on the

M2000 (LAN)

The CBC is

connected to

 port 20 on the

LAN switch.

 

5.10 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (ConfigurationType A)

The technical specifications of the GBCR consist of structural specifications and electrical

specifications.

Table 5-15 describes the structural specifications of the GBCR.

Table 5-15 Structural specifications of the GBCR 

Specification Value

Cabinet standard IEC60297 standard and IEEE standard

Dimensions 2,200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800 mm (depth)

Height available 46 U

Weight Empty cabinet≤ 100 kg; cabinet in full configuration≤ 300 kg

Load-bearing capacity

of the equipment room≥ 450 kg/m2

 

Table 5-16 describes the electrical specifications of the GBCR.

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

5-36 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 75: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 75/310

Table 5-16 Electrical specifications of the GBCR 

Specification Value

Rated input voltage -48 V

Input voltage -40 V to -57 V

 

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-37

Page 76: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 76/310

Page 77: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 77/310

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

About This Chapter

This describes the components, cable connections, and engineering specifications of the GBCR 

that is configured with the GOMU.

6.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)

This describes the outer components and inner components of the GBCR.

6.2 BSC High-Power Distribution Box

Each BSC ca binet must be configured with a power distribution box, which is installed at the

top of the BSC cabinet.

6.3 Cable Connections of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)

The cables of the GBCR consist of the power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables.

6.4 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)

The technical specifications of the GBCR consist of structural specifications and electrical

specifications.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-1

Page 78: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 78/310

6.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)

This describes the outer components and inner components of the GBCR.

The outer components of the GBCR consist of the rack, side doors, front door, and rear door.

The inner components of the GBCR vary with the configuration type. In configuration type B,

the inner components of the GBCR consist of the power distribution box, subracks, air defence

subrack, and rear cable trough.

Outer Components of the GBCR

Figure 6-1 shows the outer components of the GBCR.

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

6-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 79: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 79/310

Figure 6-1 Outer components of the GBCR 

1

2

23

3

(1) Rack (2) Side door (3) Front and back doors

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-3

Page 80: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 80/310

Page 81: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 81/310

Page 82: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 82/310

Page 83: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 83/310

Table 6-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for  

1s

The PAMU is working and communicating

with the GSCU.

On for 0.125s and

off for 0.125s

The PAMU is not working or not

communicating with the GSCU.

Off The PAMU has no power input or the power  

distribution box is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On The power distribution box is faulty. The

ALM LED, however, is always on during the

PAMU self-test. It is an indication that the

ALM LED is functional.

 

NOTE

When the power distribution box is reset, the RUN and ALM LEDs turn on at the same time. Meanwhile,

the monitoring board is performing self-check. As soon as the self-check is complete, the RUN and ALM

LEDs turn off. Then, the RUN and ALM LEDs normally display the operating status of the power 

distribution box.

6.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box

The components on the rear panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are the power input

terminal block, power output terminal block, port used to connect the power distribution box to

a service subrack, and 2-hole grounding screw.

Figure 6-4 shows the rear panel of the BSC high-power distribution box.

Figure 6-4 Rear panel of the BSC high-power distribution box

1

B

4

A

2

3

(1) Power input terminal block (2) Power output terminal block  

(3) Port used to connect the power distribution box to a service subrack (4) 2-hole grounding screw

 

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-7

Page 84: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 84/310

NOTE

l Figure 6-4 shows the main ports related to the BSC.

l On the power input terminal blocks of groups A and B, the wiring terminals for the -48 V power cable

are labeled 3(-), 2(-), and 1(-), and the wiring terminals for the RTN power cable are labeled 3(+), 2

(+), and 1(+).

l On the power output terminal blocks of groups A and B, the wiring terminals for the -48 V power cable

and RTN power cable are labeled NEG(-) and RTN(+) respectively .

6.2.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC High-Power DistributionBox

The technical specifications of the BSC high-power distribution box consist of the input

specifications and output specifications.

Table 6-3 lists the technical specifications of the BSC high-power distribution box.

Table 6-3 Technical specifications of the BSC high-power distribution box

Item Sub Item Specification

Input

specifications

Rated input voltage -48 V DC or -60 V DC

Input voltage -40 V DC to -72 V DC

Input mode Two groups of power inputs: A and B. Group A

consists of the power inputs A1+A2 and A3. Group

B consists of the power inputs B1+B2 and B3. Each

group has one to two -48 V DC/-60 V DC power 

inputs.

Maximum input

current

The maximum rated input current of each route is

100 A.

Output

specifications

Rated output voltage -48 V DC or -60 V DC

Output voltage -40 V DC to -72 V DC

Independent output Two groups of power outputs: A and B. Each group

has one to three -48 V DC/-60 V DC power outputs.

The maximum rated output current of each output

is 50 A and that of each group is 100 A.

Each output is controlled by the MCBs: A8-A10and B8-B10. These MCBs provide the overcurrent

 protection function.

Output protection

specifications

The current at the overcurrent protection point is

70 A. You need to restore the default value

manually.

Rated output power 9,600 W (Two groups of power outputs: A and B.

Each group has two –48 V DC power outputs.)

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

6-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 85: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 85/310

Item Sub Item Specification

NOTEFor group A, power inputs A1+A2 correspond to power outputs A1-A8, and power input A3 corresponds

to power outputs A9-A10. Similarly, for group B, power inputs B1+B2 correspond to power outputs B1-

B8, and power input B3 corresponds to power outputs B9-B10.

 

6.3 Cable Connections of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)

The cables of the GBCR consist of the power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables.

6.3.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (Configuration Type B)

The GBCR can be configured with the BSC common power distribution box or the BSC high-

 power distribution box. Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box supplies

 power to a component in the GBCR in a fixed way.

6.3.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type B)

The power cables of the GBCR are used to connect the PDF to the PDB. This ensures a stable

 power supply for the GBCR. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the PDF or to

the grounding bar in the equipment room. This protects the cabinet from electrostatic discharge.

The connections of power cables in the cabinet vary with the types of power distribution box in

use.

6.3.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type B)

The signal cables in the GBCR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable, active/

standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable, optical cable, straight-through cable, inter-GTNU cable,

BITS clock cable, Y-shaped clock cable, and PDB monitoring signal cable.

6.3.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (ConfigurationType B)

The GBCR can be configured with the BSC common power distribution box or the BSC high-

 power distribution box. Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box su pplies

 power to a component in the GBCR in a fixed way.

Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR (Common Power DistributionBox)

Figure 6-5 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the power distribution

 box and the components in the GBCR. Table 6-4 lists the mapping between the power control

switches and the components.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-9

Page 86: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 86/310

Figure 6-5 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR (1)

Distribution of power switches

SW1, SW4

SW2, SW5

Subrack-2

Subrack-1

Subrack-0SW3, SW6

 

Table 6-4 Mapping between the power switches and the components (1)

Component Power Switch

Subrack 2 SW1 and SW4

Subrack 1 SW2 and SW5

Subrack 0 SW3 and SW6

 

Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBCR (High-Power Distribution Box)

Figure 6-6 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the high-power 

distribution box and the components in the GBCR. Table 6-5 lists the mapping between the

 power control switches and the components.

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

6-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 87: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 87/310

Figure 6-6 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR (2)

Distribution of power switches

A8、B8

A9、B9

Subrack-2

Subrack-1

Subrack-010、B10

 

Table 6-5 Mapping between the power switches and the components (2)

Component Power Switch

Subrack 2 A8 and B8

Subrack 1 A9 and B9

Subrack 0 A10 and B10

 

6.3.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR(Configuration Type B)

The power cables of the GBCR are used to connect the PDF to the PDB. This ensures a stable

 power supply for the GBCR. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the PDF or to

the grounding bar in the equipment room. This protects the cabinet from electrostatic discharge.

The connections of power cables in the cabinet vary with the types of power distribution box in

use.

Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (Common Power DistributionBox Configured)

Figure 6-7 shows the connections of the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-11

Page 88: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 88/310

Figure 6-7 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (1)

4.14.2

5.15.2

6.16.23.2

3.12.2

2.11.2

1.1

7

8

9

10

14

15

16

V2

V2

V2

R R R

Rear view

17

18

19

20

Vx: -48Vx

Rx: RTN

1.21.1 4.24.1

NEG(-) RTN(+) MONITOR NEG(-) RTN(+)

DC input1 DC input2

2.22.1 5.25.1

NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR

NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2

3.23.1 6.26.1

NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR

NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2

V

1

V

1

V

1R R R

Front view

21

22

23

24

11

12

13

SW1 SW2 SW3SW4 SW5 SW6

PGND wiring post

on the top of the cabinetPower distribution box Power distribution box

Subrack

Subrack

Subrack

Subrack

Subrack Subrack

PGND wiring post on the

base of the cabinet

PGND wiring post on the

base of the cabinet

 

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

6-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 89: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 89/310

Table 6-6 lists the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.

Table 6-6 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (1)

Number Description

1.1 and 1.2; 2.1 and 2.2; 3.1 and 3.2; 4.1 and

4.2; 5.1 and 5.2; 6.1 and 6.2

Power cables for the BSC subracks

7 PGND cable for the power distribution box

8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13 PGND cables for the BSC subracks

14, 15, and 16 Inter-cabinet PGND cables

17-24 PGND cables for the cabinet doors

 

Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (High-Power Distribution BoxConfigured)

Figure 6-8 shows the connections of the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-13

Page 90: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 90/310

Figure 6-8 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (2)

RTN(+)

21 87

NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITO

RNEG(-)

RTN(+)

43 109

NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITO

RNEG(-)

RTN(+)

65 1211

NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITO

RNEG(-)

13

14

15

16

19

18

17

20

21

22

Rear view Front view

27

28

29

30

23

24

25

26

DC input1 DC input2

DC input1 DC input2

DC input1 DC input2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910

B

RUNAL

MMUTE

Power distribution box

Subrack

Subrack

Subrack

Subrack

Subrack

Subrack

PGND wiring post on the

base of the cabinetPGND wiring post on the

base of the cabinet

 

Table 6-7 lists the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.

Table 6-7 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (2)

SN Description

1 and 2; 3 and 4; 5 and 6; 7 and 8; 9 and 10;

11 and 12

Power cables for the BSC subracks

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

6-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 91: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 91/310

SN Description

13 PGND cable connecting the PDB and the

 busbar 

14, 15, and 16; 17, 18, and 19 PGND cables connecting the busbars of  different subracks

20, 21, and 22 PGND cables connecting the busbars of  

different cabinets

23-30 PGND cables for the cabinet doors

 

6.3.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration

Type B)The signal cables in the GBCR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable, active/

standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable, optical cable, straight-through cable, inter-GTNU cable,

BITS clock cable, Y-shaped clock cable, and PDB monitoring signal cable.

Figure 6-9 shows the connections of the signal cables in the GBCR.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-15

Page 92: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 92/310

Figure 6-9 Connections of the signal cables in the GBCR 

GEPS

GMPS

GTCS

Rear view Front view

Power 

distribution box

MONITOR

MONITOR

12

12

10

9

13 9,10

MONITOR

GMPS

13

GEPS

11

7

7

8

8

5

1234

56

1415

1617

1417

7

8

6

1516

GTCS18 19 20

21

20

21

11

22

1918

NOTE

l Figure 6-9 takes the configuration of one GMPS, one GEPS, and one GTCS as an example.

l The types of interface boards, installation positions of cables, and number of cables shown in Figure

6-9 are examples. The actual types of interface boards, installation positions of cables, and number of 

cables depend on the site plan.

 

Table 6-8 describes the connections of the signal cables in the GBCR.

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

6-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 93: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 93/310

Table 6-8 Signal cables in the GBCR 

SN Description Connector Type/  InstallationPosition 1

Connector Type/ InstallationPosition 2

Remarks

1 75-ohm coaxial

clock cable (or 120-

ohm clock 

conversion cable)

connecting the

GGCU to the BITS

clock port

SMB male

connector/CLKIN1

 port on the GGCU

that is installed in

slot 13 of the GMPS

Connector attached

to the BITS clock/

BITS clock port

Figure 6-9

shows the

clock cables

that are

connected to

the CLKIN1

and CLKIN0

 ports.

Generally,

only one port

is used to

connect to theBITS clock.

2 75-ohm coaxial

clock cable (or 120-

ohm clock 

conversion cable)connecting the

GGCU to the BITS

clock port

SMB male

connector/CLKIN0

 port on the GGCU

that is installed inslot 13 of the GMPS

Connector attached

to the BITS clock/

BITS clock port

3 75-ohm coaxial

clock cable (or 120-

ohm clock 

conversion cable)

connecting the

GGCU to the BITS

clock port

SMB male

connector/CLKIN1

 port on the GGCU

that is installed in

slot 12 of the GMPS

Connector attached

to the BITS clock/

BITS clock port

4 75-ohm coaxial

clock cable (or 120-

ohm clock 

conversion cable)

connecting the

GGCU to the BITS

clock port

SMB male

connector/CLKIN0

 port on the GGCU

that is installed in

slot 12 of the GMPS

Connector attached

to the BITS clock/

BITS clock port

5 Y-shaped clock  

cable connecting

the GGCU to the

GSCU

RJ45/CLKOUT

 port on the GGCU

that is installed in

slot 12 or 13 of the

GMPS

RJ45/CLKIN port

on the GSCU that is

installed in slot 6 of 

the GEPS

-

6 Y-shaped clock  

cable connecting

the GGCU to the

GSCU

RJ45/CLKOUT

 port on the GGCU

that is installed in

slot 12 or 13 of the

GMPS

RJ45/CLKIN port

on the GSCU that is

installed in slot 7 of 

the GEPS

7 Inter-GTNU cable DB14/TDM port on

the GTNU that is

installed in slot 4 or 

5 of the GMPS

DB14/TDM port

on the GTNU that

is installed in slot 4

or 5 of the GEPS

-

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-17

Page 94: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 94/310

SN Description Connector Type/  InstallationPosition 1

Connector Type/ InstallationPosition 2

Remarks

8 Inter-GTNU cable DB14/TDM port on

the GTNU that is

installed in slot 4 or 

5 of the GMPS

DB14/TDM port

on the GTNU that

is installed in slot 4

or 5 of the GEPS

9 E1/T1 cable

connecting the

EIUa/PEUa to the

DDF or other NEs

DB44/E1/T1 port

on the EIUa/PEUa

that is installed in

slot 14 of the GEPS

DDF or other NEs -

10 E1/T1 cable

connecting the

EIUa/PEUa to the

DDF or other NEs

DB44/E1/T1 port

on the EIUa/PEUa

that is installed in

slot 15 of the GEPS

DDF or other NEs

11 E1/T1 cable

connecting the

EIUa/PEUa to the

DDF or other NEs

DB44/E1/T1 port

on the EIUa/PEUa

that is installed in

slot 14 or 15 of the

GEPS

DDF or other NEs -

12 PDB monitoring

signal cable

DB15/port

connecting the PDB

to a service subrack 

DB15/MONITOR 

 port on the lowest

subrack 

-

13 Optical cable LC optical port/slot

27 of the GEPS

OIUa in the GTCS,

or ODF, or other 

 NEs

-

14 Inter-GSCU

Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000

BASE-T port on the

GSCU that is

installed in slot 7 of 

the GMPS

RJ45/10/100/1000

BASE-T port on

the GSCU that is

installed in slot 6 of 

the GEPS

-

15 Inter-GSCU

Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000

BASE-T port on the

GSCU that is

installed in slot 7 of the GMPS

RJ45/10/100/1000

BASE-T port on

the GSCU that is

installed in slot 7 of the GEPS

16 Inter-GSCU

Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000

BASE-T port on the

GSCU that is

installed in slot 6 of 

the GMPS

RJ45/10/100/1000

BASE-T port on

the GSCU that is

installed in slot 7 of 

the GEPS

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

6-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 95: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 95/310

SN Description Connector Type/  InstallationPosition 1

Connector Type/ InstallationPosition 2

Remarks

17 Inter-GSCU

Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000

BASE-T port on the

GSCU that is

installed in slot 6 of 

the GMPS

RJ45/10/100/1000

BASE-T port on

the GSCU that is

installed in slot 6 of 

the GEPS

18 Inter-GSCU

Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000

BASE-T10 port on

the GSCU that is

installed in slot 6 of 

the GMPS

RJ45/10/100/1000

BASE-T port on

the GSCU that is

installed in slot 6 of 

the GTCS

-

19 Inter-GSCU

Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000

BASE-T10 port onthe GSCU that is

installed in slot 7 of 

the GMPS

RJ45/10/100/1000

BASE-T port onthe GSCU that is

installed in slot 6 of 

the GTCS

20 Inter-GSCU

Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000

BASE-T port on the

GSCU that is

installed in slot 7 of 

the GMPS

RJ45/10/100/1000

BASE-T port on

the GSCU that is

installed in slot 7 of 

the GTCS

-

21 Inter-GSCU

Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000

BASE-T port on theGSCU that is

installed in slot 6 of 

the GMPS

RJ45/10/100/1000

BASE-T port onthe GSCU that is

installed in slot 7 of 

the GTCS

-

22 Ethernet cable

 between the GOMU

and the M2000

(LAN)

RJ45/GOMU

Ethernet port

RJ45/Ethernet port

on the M2000

(LAN)

ETH0/ETH1

 port on the

GOMU,

connecting to

the M2000

(LAN)

 

6.4 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (ConfigurationType B)

The technical specifications of the GBCR consist of structural specifications and electrical

specifications.

Table 6-9 describes the structural specifications of the GBCR.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-19

Page 96: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 96/310

Table 6-9 Structural specifications of the GBCR 

Specification Value

Cabinet standard IEC60297 standard and IEEE standard

Dimensions 2,200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800 mm (depth)

Height of the available

space

46 U

Weight Empty cabinet≤ 100 kg; fully configured cabinet≤ 300 kg

Load-bearing capacity

of the equipment room≥ 450 kg/m2

 

Table 6-10 describes the electrical specifications of the GBCR.

Table 6-10 Electrical specifications of the GBCR 

Specification Value

Rated input voltage -48 V

Input voltage -40 V to -57 V

 

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

6-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 97: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 97/310

7 GBSR Cabinet

About This Chapter

The GBSR processes the services of the BSC. A maximum of three GBSRs can be configured,

depending on traffic volume.

7.1 Components of the GBSR 

This describes the inner components and outer components of the GBSR.

7.2 Cable Connections of the GBSR 

The cables of the GBSR consist of power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables.

7.3 Technical Specifications of the GBSR The technical specifications of the GBSR consist of structural specifications and electrical

specifications.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-1

Page 98: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 98/310

7.1 Components of the GBSR

This describes the inner components and outer components of the GBSR.

The outer components of the GBSR consist of the rack, side doors, front door, and rear door.

The inner components of the GBSR consist of the power distribution box, subracks, air defence

subracks, and rear cable troughs.

Outer Components of the GBSR

Figure 7-1 shows the outer components of the GBSR.

7 GBSR Cabinet

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

7-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 99: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 99/310

Figure 7-1 Outer components of the GBSR 

1

2

23

3

(1) Rack (2) Side door (3) Front and back doors

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-3

Page 100: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 100/310

 

Inner Components of the GBSR

Figure 7-2 shows the inner components of the GBSR.

Figure 7-2 Inner components of the GBSR 

3

3

2

2

2

Front view Rear view

1

4 4

5

6

6

6

(1) Filler panel (2) Subrack (3) Air defence subrack  

(4) Power distribution box (5) Cable rack in the cabinet (6) Rear cable trough

 

Table 7-1 describes the inner components of the GBSR.

7 GBSR Cabinet

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

7-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 101: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 101/310

Table 7-1 Inner components of the GBSR 

Component Description Refer to...

Power 

distribution box

Based on the power consumption of 

the GBSR, one BSC common power distribution box or one BSC high-

 power distribution box is

configured.

BSC Common Power

Distribution Box and BSCHigh-Power Distribution Box

Subrack One to three GEPSs (GTCSs) are

configured.

BSC Subracks

Air defence

subrack 

l When the cabinet is configured

with two subracks, one air 

defence subrack should be

configured.

l

When the cabinet is configuredwith three subracks, two air 

defence subracks should be

configured.

Air Defence Subrack 

Rear cable trough Each subrack should be configured

with one rear cable trough.

Rear Cable Trough

 

NOTE

l If the GBCR is in configuration type A, the GBSR should be configured with the BSC common

 power distribution box.

l If the GBCR is in configuration type B, the GBSR can be configured with the BSC common power 

distribution box or the BSC high-power distribution box.

7.2 Cable Connections of the GBSR

The cables of the GBSR consist of power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables.

7.2.1 Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR 

The GBSR can be configured with the BSC common power distribution box or the BSC high-

 power distribution box. Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box supplies power to a component in the GBSR in a fixed way.

7.2.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBSR 

The power cables in the GBSR are used to connect the PDF to the power distribution box. This

ensures a stable power supply for the GBSR. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet

to the PDF or to the grounding bar in the equipment room. This protects the cabinet from

electrostatic discharge.

7.2.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBSR 

The signal cables in the GBSR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable, active/standby

120-ohm twisted pair cable, optical cable, straight-through cable, inter-GT NU cable, Y-shaped

clock cable, and PDB monitoring signal cable.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-5

Page 102: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 102/310

7.2.1 Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR

The GBSR can be configured with the BSC common power distribution box or the BSC high-

 power distribution box. Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box supplies

 power to a component in the GBSR in a fixed way.

Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR (Common Power DistributionBox)

Figure 7-3 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the power distribution

 box and the components in the GBSR. Table 7-2 lists the mapping between the power control

switches and the components.

Figure 7-3 Distribution of the power switches in the GBSR (1)

SW1、SW4

SW2、SW5

Subrack-2

Subrack-1

Subrack-0SW3、SW6

Distribution of power switches

 

Table 7-2 Mapping between the power switches and the components (1)

Component Power Switch

Subrack 2 SW1 and SW4

Subrack 1 SW2 and SW5

Subrack 0 SW3 and SW6

 

7 GBSR Cabinet

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

7-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 103: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 103/310

Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR (High-Power Distribution Box)

Figure 7-4 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the high-power 

distribution box and the components in the GBSR. Table 7-3 lists the mapping between the

 power control switches and the components.

Figure 7-4 Distribution of the power switches in the GBSR (2)

A8、B8

A9、B9

Subrack-2

Subrack-1

Subrack-010、B10

Distribution of power switches

 

Table 7-3 Mapping between the power switches and the components (2)

Component Power Switch

Subrack 2 A8 and B8

Subrack 1 A9 and B9

Subrack 0 A10 and B10

 

7.2.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBSR

The power cables in the GBSR are used to connect the PDF to the power distribution box. This

ensures a stable power supply for the GBSR. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet

to the PDF or to the grounding bar in the equipment room. This protects the cabinet fromelectrostatic discharge.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-7

Page 104: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 104/310

Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (Common Power DistributionBox Configured)

Figure 7-5 shows the connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR.

7 GBSR Cabinet

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

7-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 105: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 105/310

Figure 7-5 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (1)

4.14.2

5.15.2

6.16.23.2

3.12.2

2.11.2

1.1

7

8

9

10

14

15

16

V2

V2

V2

R R R

Rear view

17

18

19

20

Vx: -48Vx

Rx: RTN

1.21.1 4.24.1

NEG(-) RTN(+) MONITOR NEG(-) RTN(+)

DC input1 DC input2

2.22.1 5.25.1

NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR

NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2

3.23.1 6.26.1

NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR

NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2

V

1

V

1

V

1R R R

Front view

21

22

23

24

11

12

13

SW1 SW2 SW3SW4 SW5 SW6

PGND wiring post

on the top of the cabinetPower distribution box Power distribution box

Subrack

Subrack

Subrack

Subrack

Subrack Subrack

PGND wiring post on the

base of the cabinet

PGND wiring post on the

base of the cabinet

 

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-9

Page 106: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 106/310

Table 7-4 describes the power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR.

Table 7-4 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (1)

Number Description

1.1 and 1.2; 2.1 and 2.2; 3.1 and 3.2; 4.1 and

4.2; 5.1 and 5.2; 6.1 and 6.2

Power cables for the BSC subracks

7 and 8 PGND cables for the cabinet busbar  

9 PGND cable for the power distribution box

10, 11, and 12 PGND cables for the BSC subracks

13, 14, and 15 Inter-cabinet PGND cables

16-23 PGND cables for the cabinet doors

 

Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (High-Power Distribution BoxConfigured)

Figure 7-6 shows the connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR.

7 GBSR Cabinet

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

7-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 107: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 107/310

Figure 7-6 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (2)

4.14.2

5.15.2

6.16.23.2

3.12.2

2.11.2

1.1

7

8

9

10

14

15

16

V2

V2

V2

R R R

Rear view

17

18

19

20

Vx: -48Vx

Rx: RTN

1.21.1 4.24.1

NEG(-) RTN(+) MONITOR NEG(-) RTN(+)

DC input1 DC input2

2.22.1 5.25.1

NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR

NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2

3.23.1 6.26.1

NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR

NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2

V

1

V

1

V

1R R R

Front view

21

22

23

24

11

12

13

SW1 SW2 SW3SW4 SW5 SW6

PGND wiring post

on the top of the cabinetPower distribution box Power distribution box

Subrack

Subrack

Subrack

Subrack

Subrack Subrack

PGND wiring post on the

base of the cabinet

PGND wiring post on the

base of the cabinet

 

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-11

Page 108: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 108/310

Table 7-5 describes the power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR.

Table 7-5 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (2)

SN Description

1 and 2; 3 and 4; 5 and 6; 7 and 8; 9 and 10;

11 and 12

Power cables for the BSC subracks

13 PGND cable connecting the PDB and the

 busbar 

14, 15, and 16; 17, 18, and 19 PGND cables connecting the busbars of  

different subracks

20, 21, and 22 PGND cables connecting the busbars of  

different cabinets

23-30 PGND cables for the cabinet doors

 

7.2.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBSR

The signal cables in the GBSR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable, active/standby

120-ohm twisted pair cable, optical cable, straight-through cable, inter-GTNU cable, Y-shaped

clock cable, and PDB monitoring signal cable.

Figure 7-7 shows the connections of the signal cables in the GBSR.

7 GBSR Cabinet

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

7-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 109: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 109/310

Figure 7-7 Connections of the signal cables in the GBSR 

Front view

89

63

5

9

10

10

11

4

8

2

7

67

345

2

11

12

12

GTCS

GTCS

GTCS

Rear view

1

13

15

14

14,15

MONITOR

MONITOR

MONITOR

1

13

Power 

distribution

box

16

16

GTCS

GTCS

GTCS

Power 

distribution

box

NOTE

l Figure 7-7 shows the connections of the signal cables in a GBSR that is configured with three GTCSs.

If the number of GTCSs to be configured is greater than three, another cabinet is required. The

connections of signals cables for more than three GTCSs are the same.

l The types of interface boards, installation positions of cables, and number of cables shown in Figure

7-7 are examples. The actual types of interface boards, installation positions of cables, and number of 

cables depend on the site plan.

l In Figure 7-7, the lowest GTCS serves as the main subrack and the GSCUs in the subracks are

connected in the form of star topology. In practice, any GTCS can be used as the main subrack.

 

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-13

Page 110: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 110/310

Table 7-6 describes the connections of the signal cables in the GBSR.

Table 7-6 Signal cables in the GBSR 

SN Description Connector Type/  Installation Position 1

Connector Type/ Installation Position 2

1 PDB monitoring

signal cable

DB15/port connecting the

PDB to a service subrack 

DB15/MONITOR port on

the lowest subrack 

2 Inter-GSCU

Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T

 port on the GSCU that is

installed in slot 6 of the

main GTCS

RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-

T port on the GSCU that is

installed in slot 6 of the

GTCS

3 Inter-GSCU

Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T

 port on the GSCU that is

installed in slot 6 of themain GTCS

RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-

T port on the GSCU that is

installed in slot 7 of theGTCS

4 Inter-GSCU

Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T

 port on the GSCU that is

installed in slot 6 of the

main GTCS

RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-

T port on the GSCU that is

installed in slot 6 of the

GTCS

5 Inter-GSCU

Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T

 port on the GSCU that is

installed in slot 6 of the

main GTCS

RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-

T port on the GSCU that is

installed in slot 7 of the

GTCS

6 Inter-GSCUEthernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on the GSCU that is

installed in slot 7 of the

main GTCS

RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on the GSCU that is

installed in slot 6 of the

GTCS

7 Inter-GSCU

Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T

 port on the GSCU that is

installed in slot 7 of the

main GTCS

RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-

T port on the GSCU that is

installed in slot 7 of the

GTCS

8 Inter-GSCU

Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T

 port on the GSCU that is

installed in slot 7 of themain GTCS

RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-

T port on the GSCU that is

installed in slot 6 of theGTCS

9 Inter-GSCU

Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T

 port on the GSCU that is

installed in slot 7 of the

main GTCS

RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-

T port on the GSCU that is

installed in slot 7 of the

GTCS

10 Inter-GTNU cable DB14/TDM port on the

GTNU that is installed in

slot 4 or 5 of the GTCS

DB14/TDM port on the

GTNU that is installed in

slot 4 or 5 of the GTCS

7 GBSR Cabinet

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

7-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 111: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 111/310

SN Description Connector Type/  Installation Position 1

Connector Type/ Installation Position 2

11 Inter-GTNU cable DB14/TDM port on the

GTNU that is installed in

slot 4 or 5 of the GTCS

DB14/TDM port on the

GTNU that is installed in

slot 4 or 5 of the GTCS

12 Inter-GTNU cable DB14/TDM port on the

GTNU that is installed in

slot 4 or 5 of the GTCS

DB14/TDM port on the

GTNU that is installed in

slot 4 or 5 of the GTCS

13 E1/T1 cable

connecting the

EIUa/PEUa to the

DDF or other NEs

DB44/E1/T1 port on the

EIUa/PEUa that is installed

in slot 14 or 15 of the GTCS

DDF or other NEs

14 E1/T1 cable

connecting theEIUa/PEUa to the

DDF or other NEs

DB44/E1/T1 port on the

EIUa/PEUa that is installedin slot 14 or 15 of the GTCS

DDF or other NEs

15 E1/T1 cable

connecting the

EIUa/PEUa to the

DDF or other NEs

DB44/E1/T1 port on the

EIUa/PEUa that is installed

in slot 14 or 15 of the GTCS

DDF or other NEs

16 Optical cable LC optical port/RX/TX port

on the OIUa that is installed

in slot 27 of the GTCS

OIUa of the GMPS/GEPS

or ODF

 

7.3 Technical Specifications of the GBSR

The technical specifications of the GBSR consist of structural specifications and electrical

specifications.

Table 7-7 describes the structural specifications of the GBSR.

Table 7-7 Structural specifications of the GBSR 

Specification Value

Cabinet standard IEC60297 standard and IEEE standard

Dimensions 2,200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800 mm (depth)

Height available 46 U

Weight Empty cabinet≤ 100 kg; cabinet in full configuration≤ 300 kg

Load-bearing capacity

of the equipment room≥ 450 kg/m2

 

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-15

Page 112: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 112/310

Table 7-8 describes the electrical specifications of the GBSR.

Table 7-8 Electrical specifications of the GBSR 

Specification Value

Rated input voltage -48 V

Input voltage -40 V to -57 V

 

7 GBSR Cabinet

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

7-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 113: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 113/310

8 BSC Subracks

About This Chapter

This describes BSC subracks. BSC subracks are used to integrate boards and backplanes into

an independent unit. BSC subracks are functionally classified into the GSM main processing

subrack (GMPS), GSM extended processing subrack (GEPS), and GSM transcoder subrack 

(GTCS).

8.1 Components of the BSC Subrack 

This describes the components of the BSC subrack. The BSC subrack consists of the fan box,

slots, front ca ble trough, and backplane.

8.2 BSC Fan Box

The fan box is used to dissipate the heat generated by the BSC. Each subrack must be configured

with one fan box.

8.3 BSC Slots

This describes the BSC slots. A backplane is positioned in the center of the BSC subrack. The

BSC boards are installed on the front and rear sides of the backplane.

8.4 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack 

This describes the DIP switch on the BSC subrack. The DIP switch on the BSC subrack is used

to define the numbering of the BSC subrack.

8.5 Configuration of the BSC Subrack 

The BSC subracks are classified into the GMPS, GEPS, and GTCS. This describes the

recommended configurations of these subracks in different application scenarios and

combination modes.

8.6 Technical Specifications of the BSC Subrack 

The technical specifications of the BSC Subrack consist of the dimensions, height of the available

space, weight of the subrack, and power consumption of the fully configured subrack.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-1

Page 114: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 114/310

8.1 Components of the BSC Subrack

This describes the components of the BSC subrack. The BSC subrack consists of the fan box,

slots, front cable trough, and backplane.

Structure of the BSC Subrack

The BSC subrack is designed in compliance with IEC60297 standards. The BSC subrack is 19

inches wide and 12 U high. Figure 8-1 shows the structure of the BSC subrack.

8 BSC Subracks

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

8-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 115: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 115/310

Figure 8-1 Structure of the BSC subrack 

Rear view

Front view

(1) Fan box (2) Hanger (3) Guide rail

(4) Front cable trough (5) Board (6) Grounding screw

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-3

Page 116: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 116/310

(7) Port for DC power input (8) Input port for the monitoring signals of the power 

distribution box

(9) Cover of the DIP switch

 

Components

Table 8-1 lists the components of the BSC subrack.

Table 8-1 Components of the BSC subrack 

Component Description

Fan box For details, refer to 8.2.1 Fan Box

(Configuration PFCU)or 8.2.2 Fan Box

(Configuration PFCB).

Slots in the subrack For details, refer to 8.3 BSC Slots.

Front cable trough The front cable trough is used to route the front

cables of the subrack to both sides of the cabinet.

Backplane The backplane is used to connect the boards in

the same subrack.

 

NOTE

For details on the settings of the DIP switches of the subrack, refer to 8.4 DIP Switches on the BSC

Subrack .

8.2 BSC Fan Box

The fan box is used to dissipate the heat generated by the BSC. Each subrack must be configured

with one fan box.

CAUTION

If you reassemble the fan box when the system is running, ensure that the operation lasts for less

than three minutes. If your operation exceeds three minutes, excessive heat may lead to faults

in the boards.

8.2.1 Fan Box (Configuration PFCU)

This describes the appearance, LEDs, and technical specifications of the fan box that is

configured with the PFCU.

8.2.2 Fan Box (Configuration PFCB)

This describes the appearance, LEDs, and technical specifications of the fan box that is

configured with the PFCB.

8 BSC Subracks

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

8-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 117: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 117/310

8.2.1 Fan Box (Configuration PFCU)

This describes the appearance, LEDs, and technical specifications of the fan box that is

configured with the PFCU.

Appearance of the Fan Box(Configuration PFCU)

The fan box consists of the fans, boards, LED, and handle.

Figure 8-2 shows the fan box.

Figure 8-2 Fan box (Configuration PFCU)

(1) PFPU (2) Fan (3) PFCU

(4) LED (5) Screw (6) Handle

 

NOTE

l The PFPU is inserted in the rear part of the fan box. It provides power supply for nine fans, keeps the

voltage stable through a stabilizing tube, and ensures normal operation of the fans.

l The PFCU is the fan control unit. For details on the PFCU, refer to 9.28 PFCU.

LED on the Fan Box (Configuration PFCU)

The fan box uses a bi-color LED.

Table 8-2 describes the LED on the fan box.

Table 8-2 LED on the fan box (Configuration PFCU)

Color Status Meaning  

Green On for 1s and off for 1s The fan box works normally (the

fan box is registered).

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-5

Page 118: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 118/310

Color Status Meaning  

On for 0.25s and off for 0.25s The fan box works normally (the

fan box is not registered).

Red On for 1s and off for 1s The fan box is registered and hasone of the following problems:

l One-way power supply to the

subrack.

l Communication failure.

l Fan stops running or its speed

is too low.

l Fan box in an excessively

high temperature or 

temperature sensor failure.

On for 0.25s and off for 0.25s The fan box is not registered and

has one of the following

 problems:

l One-way power supply to the

subrack.

l Fan stops running or its speed

is too low.

l Fan box in an excessively

high temperature or 

temperature sensor failure.

 

NOTE

The fan box is registered means that the fan box communicates with the BSC normally. The fan box is not

registered means that the fan box does not communicate with the BSC normally.

Technical Specifications of the Fan Box (Configuration PFCU)

The technical specifications for the fan box consist of height, voltage, maximum power,

temperature, and fan speed.

Table 8-3 lists the technical specifications of the fan box.

Table 8-3 Technical specifications of the fan box (Configuration PFCU)

Specification Value

Height 1.5U (1 U = 44.45 mm)

Input voltage -60 V DC to -42 V DC

Maximum power 150 W

Temperature -5°C to +55°C

8 BSC Subracks

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

8-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 119: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 119/310

Specification Value

Fan speed The speed of the fans can be adjusted from

50% to 100%.

 

NOTE

When the BSC is powered on, when a subrack is reset, or when the BSC is upgraded, the fans in all the

subracks run at full speed and the alarm LEDs on all the boards blink in a short period. These are normal

symptoms during the BSC startup.

8.2.2 Fan Box (Configuration PFCB)

This describes the appearance, LEDs, and technical specifications of the fan box that is

configured with the PFCB.

Appearance of the Fan Box (Configuration PFCB)

The fan box consists of the fans, boards, LED, and handle.

Figure 8-3 shows the fan box.

Figure 8-3 Fan box (Configuration PFCB)

2

1

5

5

4

4

3

(1) PFCB (2) Fan (3) LED

(4) Screw (5) Handle

 

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-7

Page 120: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 120/310

NOTE

l The PFCB is the fan control board. For details on the PFCB, refer to 9.29 PFCB.

LED on the Fan Box (Configuration PFCB)

The fan box uses a bi-color LED.

Table 8-4 describes the LED on the fan box.

Table 8-4 LED on the fan box (Configuration PFCB)

Color Status Meaning  

Green On for 1s and off for 1s The fan box is supplied with power in

two ways without any fault (and is

registered).

On for 0.25s and off for 0.25s

The fan box is supplied with power intwo ways without any fault (not

registered).

Red On for 1s and off for 1s The fan box is registered and has one of  

the following problems:

l One-way power supply to the

subrack.

l Communication failure.

l Fan stops running or its speed is too

low.

l Fan box in an excessively high

temperature or temperature sensor 

failure.

l Failure in speed regulation of fan box

alarm.

On for 0.25s and off for 

0.25s

The fan box is not registered and has one

of the following problems:

l One-way power supply to the

subrack.

l Fan stops running or its speed is too

low.

l Fan box in an excessively high

temperature or temperature sensor 

failure.

l Failure in speed regulation of fan box

alarm.

 

NOTE

The fan box is register ed means that the fan box communicates with the BSC normally. The fan box is notregistered means that the fan box does not communicate with the BSC normally.

8 BSC Subracks

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

8-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 121: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 121/310

Technical Specifications of the Fan Box (Configuration PFCB)

The technical specifications for the fan box consist of height, voltage, maximum power,

temperature, and fan speed.

Table 8-5 lists the technical specifications of the fan box.

Table 8-5 Technical specifications of the fan box (Configuration PFCB)

Specification Value

Height 1.5 U (1 U = 44.45 mm)

Input voltage -40V DC to -57V DC

Maximum power 150 W

Temperature -5°C to +55°C

Fan speed The speed of the fans can be adjusted from

55% to 100%.

 

NOTE

When the BSC is powered on, when a subrack is reset, or when the BSC is upgraded, the fans in all the

subracks run at full speed and the alarm LEDs on all the boards blink in a short period. These are normal

symptoms during the BSC startup.

8.3 BSC SlotsThis describes the BSC slots. A backplane is positioned in the center of the BSC subrack. The

BSC boards are installed on the front and rear sides of the backplane.

Figure 8-4 shows the physical structure of the BSC subrack. The cubes shown in the figure

indicate boards.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-9

Page 122: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 122/310

Figure 8-4 Slot assignment in the BSC subrack 

1

3

2

00 13

2714

06

20

(1) Front board (2) Backplane (3) Rear board

 

NOTE

l The backplane separates the BSC subrack into a front subrack and a rear subrack. The slots in the front

subrack are numbered from 00 to 13 and the slots in the rear subrack are numbered from 14 to 27. The

front subrack holds service boards and the rear subrack holds interface boards. In principle, each slot

holds one board, but there are exceptions. Slots 20 and 21 hold one GOMU, and slots 22 and 23 hold

one GOMU.l Two neighboring even and odd slots, for example, slot 00 and slot 01, slot 02 and slot 03, work in

active/standby mode. The boards working in active/standby mode occupy the active and standby slots.

8.4 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack

This describes the DIP switch on the BSC subrack. The DIP switch on the BSC subrack is used

to define the numbering of the BSC subrack.

Appearance

Figure 8-5 shows the DIP switches on the BSC subrack.

Figure 8-5 DIP switch on the BSC subrack 

ON1 8

8 BSC Subracks

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

8-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 123: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 123/310

 

Meaning of the DIP Bits

The DIP bits are numbered in ascending order from bit 1 to bit 8. ON represents digit 0 and OFF

represents digit 1. Table 8-6 provides the definitions of the bits.

Table 8-6 Definitions of the DIP bits

DIP Bit Meaning  

1 (the least significant bit) Subrack number setting bit

2 Subrack number setting bit

3 Subrack number setting bit

4 Subrack number setting bit

5 Subrack number setting bit

6 Odd parity check bit

7 Reserved, undefined, generally set to 0 (ON)

8 (the most significant

 bit)

l For the GMPS, the bit should be set to 1 (OFF).

l For the GEPS and GTCS, the bit should be set to 0 (ON).

 

Bit 8 (the most significant bit) is used to set the startup mode of the GSCU in the subrack. Thedefinitions of this bit are as follows:

l If this bit is set to 0 (the status of the DIP bit is ON), the GSCU is set to Not Start

Automatically. The startup of the GSCU depends on the GOMU. In other words, when the

GSCU is started, it loads data from the GOMU.

l If this bit is set to 1 (the status of the DIP bit is OFF), the GSCU is set to Start Automatically.

When the GSCU is started, it checks whether the Flash file is valid. If the Flash file is valid,

the GSCU loads data from the Flash. If the Flash file is invalid, the GSCU loads data from

the GOMU.

Setting Scheme

As the DIP switches use odd parity check, the number of 1s in the eight DIP bits must be an odd

number. The setting should adhere to the following principles:

1. Set DIP bits 1 through 5 and DIP bit 8.

2. Set DIP bit 7 to 0.

3. Count the number of 1s that have been set.

l If the number of 1s is even, set DIP bit 6 to 1.

l If the number of 1s is odd, set DIP bit 6 to 0.

Assume that the subracks are numbered from 0 to 3. For the setting of the DIP switches in this

case, refer to Table 8-7. Subrack 0 should be the GMPS. Subracks 1 to 3 may be the GEPS or the GTCS.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-11

Page 124: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 124/310

Table 8-7 Setting of the DIP switches

SubrackNo.

DIP Bit

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

(ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (OFF)

1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

(OFF) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON)

2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

(ON) (OFF) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON)

3 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0

(OFF) (OFF) (ON) (ON) (ON) (OFF) (ON) (ON)

 

8.5 Configuration of the BSC Subrack

The BSC subracks are classified into the GMPS, GEPS, and GTCS. This describes the

recommended configurations of these subracks in different application scenarios and

combination modes.

8.5.1 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type A)The GMPS is configured in the GBCR. Each BSC must be configured with one GMPS. The

GMPS processes the basic services of the BSC, performs operation and maintenance, and

 provides clock signals for the system. The configuration of the boards in the GMPS varies with

the configuration modes of the BSC subracks.

8.5.2 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type B)

The GMPS is configured in the GBCR. Each BSC must be configured with one GMPS. The

GMPS processes the basic services of the BSC, performs operation and maintenance, and

 provides clock signals for the system. The configuration of the boards in the GMPS varies with

the configuration modes of the BSC subracks.

8.5.3 Configuration of the GEPSThe GEPS is configured in the GBCR or GBSR. The BSC can be configured with zero to three

GEPSs. The GEPS processes the basic services of the BSC. The configuration of the boards in

the GEPS varies with the configuration modes of the BSC subracks.

8.5.4 Configuration of the GTCS

In BM/TC separated configuration mode, the GTCS is configured in the GBCR or GBSR. The

BSC can be configured with zero to four GTCSs. The GTCS performs transcoding, rate

adaptation, and sub-multiplexing.

8.5.1 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type A)

The GMPS is configured in the GBCR. Each BSC must be configured with one GMPS. TheGMPS processes the basic services of the BSC, performs operation and maintenance, and

8 BSC Subracks

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

8-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 125: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 125/310

 provides clock signals for the system. The configuration of the boards in the GMPS varies with

the configuration modes of the BSC subracks.

BM/TC Separated (Built-In PCU)

In BM/TC separated (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured withthe GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUP, and GEPUG/GFGUG. The GDPUX, GXPUT,

GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards.

Figure 8-6 shows the fully configured GMPS.

Figure 8-6 Fully configured GMPS (1)

1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211

GXP

UM

GXP

UM

GSC

U

GSC

U

GTN

U

GTN

U

2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625

GEP

UG

GEP

UG

GEI

UT

GEI

UT

GEI

UB

GEI

UB

GGC

U

GGC

U

GEI

UB

GEI

UB

GXP

UT

GXP

UT

GDP

UP

GDP

UP

Rear boards

Front boards

Backplane

 

BM/TC Separated (External PCU)

In BM/TC separated (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with

the GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, and GXPUM. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/

GOGUB, GEIUP/GOIUP, and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards.

Figure 8-7 shows the fully configured GMPS.

Figure 8-7 Fully configured GMPS (2)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-13

Page 126: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 126/310

 

BM/TC Combined (Built-In PCU)

In BM/TC combined (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with

the GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, and GEPUG/GFGUG. The GXPUT,GEIUA/GOIUA, and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards.

Figure 8-8 shows the fully configured GMPS.

Figure 8-8 Fully configured GMPS (3)

1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211

GXP

UM

GXP

UM

GSC

U

GSC

U

GTN

U

GTN

U

2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625

GEI

U

A

GEI

U

A

GGC

U

GGC

U

GEI

U

B

GEI

U

B

GEI

U

B

GEI

U

B

GXP

UT

GXP

UT

GDP

UP

GDP

UP

GDP

UX

GDP

UX

GEPUG

GEPUG

GEIUA

GEIUA

Rear boards

Front boards

Backplane

 

BM/TC Combined (External PCU)

In BM/TC combined (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with

the GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, and GDPUX. The GXPUT, GEIUA/GOIUA, GEIUB/

GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards.

Figure 8-9 shows the fully configured GMPS.

Figure 8-9 Fully configured GMPS (4)

1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211

GXP

UM

GXP

UM

GSC

U

GSC

U

GTN

U

GTN

U

2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625

GEIUA

GEIUA

GEIUA

GEIUA

GEIUP

GEIUP

GGC

U

GGC

U

GEIUB

GEIUB

GDP

UX

GDP

UX

Rear boards

Front boards

Backplane

8 BSC Subracks

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

8-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 127: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 127/310

 

A over IP (Built-In PCU)

In A over IP (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with the GTNU,

GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, GEPUG/GFGUG, and GFGUA/GOGUA. TheGXPUT and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards.

Figure 8-10 shows the fully configured GMPS.

Figure 8-10 Fully configured GMPS (5)

1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211

GXP

UM

GXP

UM

GSC

U

GSC

U

GTN

U

GTN

U

2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625

GEP

UG

GEP

UG

GFG

UA

GFG

UA

GEI

UB

GEI

UB

GGC

U

GGC

U

GEH

UB

GEH

UB

GXP

UT

GXP

UT

GDP

UP

GDP

UP

GDP

UX

GDP

UX

Rear boards

Front boards

Backplane

 

A over IP (External PCU)

In A over IP (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with the GTNU,

GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, and GFGUA/GOGUA. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/

GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards.

Figure 8-11 shows the fully configured GMPS.

Figure 8-11 Fully configured GMPS (6)

1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211

GXP

UM

GXP

UM

GSC

U

GSC

U

GTN

U

GTN

U

2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625

GEIUP

GEIUP

GFGUA

GFGUA

GEIUB

GEIUB

GGC

U

GGC

U

GEIUB

GEIUB

GXP

UT

GXP

UT

GDP

UX

GDP

UX

Rear boards

Front boards

Backplane

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-15

Page 128: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 128/310

 

CAUTIONl The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. The GDPUX must be configured in

any of the following conditions: in BM/TC combined configuration mode, in BM/TC

separated configuration mode with the GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB configured, or in A over 

IP configuration mode.

l When the number of TRXs to be supported is greater than 256, a pair of GXPUTs must be

configured in the GMPS.

l The A, Abis, Ater, and Pb interfaces support E1/T1, FE/GE, and STM-1 transmissions. The

Gb interface supports E1/T1 and FE/GE transmissions. The previous figures take E1/T1

transmission as examples, where the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUT/GEIUP/GEHUB/GEPUG is

configured.

For details on the boards in the GMPS, refer to 9 BSC Boards.

8.5.2 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type B)

The GMPS is configured in the GBCR. Each BSC must be configured with one GMPS. The

GMPS processes the basic services of the BSC, performs operation and maintenance, and

 provides clock signals for the system. The configuration of the boards in the GMPS varies with

the configuration modes of the BSC subracks.

BM/TC Separated (Built-In PCU)

In BM/TC separated (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with

the GOMU, GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUP, and GEPUG/GFGUG. The GDPUX,

GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards.

Figure 8-12 shows the fully configured GMPS.

Figure 8-12 Fully configured GMPS (1)

1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211

GXPUM

GXPUM

GSCU

GSCU

GTNU

GTNU

2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625

GEP

UG

GEP

UG

GEI

UT

GEI

UT

GEI

UB

GEI

UB

GGCU

GGCU

GEI

UB

GEI

UB

GXPUT

GXPUT

GDP

UP

GDP

UP

GOM

U

Rear boards

Front boards

Backplane

 

8 BSC Subracks

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

8-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 129: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 129/310

BM/TC Separated (External PCU)

In BM/TC separated (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with

the GOMU, GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, and GXPUM. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/

GFGUB/GOGUB, GEIUP/GOIUP, and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards.

Figure 8-13 shows the fully configured GMPS.

Figure 8-13 Fully configured GMPS (2)

1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211

GXP

UM

GXP

UM

GSC

U

GSC

U

GTN

U

GTN

U

2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625

GEIUP

GEIUP

GEIUT

GEIUT

GEIUB

GEIUB

GGC

U

GGC

U

GEIUB

GEIUB

GEIUB

GEIUB

GXP

UT

GXP

UT

GOM

U

Rear boards

Front boards

Backplane

 

BM/TC Combined (Built-In PCU)

In BM/TC combined (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with

the GOMU, GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, and GEPUG/GFGUG. The

GXPUT, GEIUA/GOIUA, and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional

 boards.

Figure 8-14 shows the fully configured GMPS.

Figure 8-14 Fully configured GMPS (3)

1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211

GXP

UM

GXP

UM

GSC

U

GSC

U

GTN

U

GTN

U

2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625

GE

IUA

GE

IUA

GGC

U

GGC

U

GE

IUB

GE

IUB

GE

IUB

GE

IUB

GXP

UT

GXP

UT

GDP

UP

GD

PUP

GDP

UX

GDP

UX

GO

MU

GE

PUG

GE

PUG

GE

IUA

GE

IUA

Rear boards

Front boards

Backplane

 

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-17

Page 130: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 130/310

BM/TC Combined (External PCU)

In BM/TC combined (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with

the GOMU, GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, and GDPUX. The GXPUT, GEIUA/GOIUA,

GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards.

Figure 8-15 shows the fully configured GMPS.

Figure 8-15 Fully configured GMPS (4)

1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211

GXPUM

GXPUM

GSCU

GSCU

GTNU

GTNU

2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625

GEI

UA

GEI

UA

GEI

UA

GEI

UA

GEI

UP

GEI

UP

GGCU

GGCU

GEI

UB

GEI

UB

GDPUX

GDPUX

GOM

URear boards

Front boards

Backplane

 

A over IP (Built-In PCU)

In A over IP (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with the GOMU,

GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, GEPUG/GFGUG, and GFGUA/GOGUA.

The GXPUT and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards.

Figure 8-16 shows the fully configured GMPS.

Figure 8-16 Fully configured GMPS (5)

1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211

GXPUM

GXPUM

GSCU

GSCU

GTNU

GTNU

2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625

GEP

UG

GEP

UG

GFG

UA

GFG

UA

GEI

UB

GEI

UB

GGCU

GGCU

GEH

UB

GEH

UB

GXPUT

GXPUT

GDPUP

GDPUP

GDPUX

GDPUX

GO

MURear boards

Front boards

Backplane

 

8 BSC Subracks

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

8-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 131: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 131/310

A over IP (External PCU)

In A over IP (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with the GTNU,

GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, and GFGUA/GOGUA. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/

GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards.

Figure 8-17 shows the fully configured GMPS.

Figure 8-17 Fully configured GMPS (6)

1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211

GXP

UM

GXP

UM

GSC

U

GSC

U

GTN

U

GTN

U

2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625

GEI

UP

GEI

UP

GFG

UA

GFG

UA

GEI

UB

GEI

UB

GGC

U

GGC

U

GEI

UB

GEI

UB

GXP

UT

GXP

UT

GDP

UX

GDP

UX

GOM

U

Rear boards

Front boards

Backplane

 

CAUTION

l The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. The GDPUX must be configured in

any of the following conditions: in BM/TC combined configuration mode, in BM/TC

separated configuration mode with the GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB configured, or in A over 

IP configuration mode.

l When the number of TRXs to be supported is greater than 256, a pair of GXPUTs must be

configured in the GMPS.

l The A, Abis, Ater, and Pb interfaces support E1/T1, FE/GE, and STM-1 transmissions. The

Gb interface supports E1/T1 and FE/GE transmissions. The previous figures take E1/T1transmission as examples, where the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUT/GEIUP/GEHUB/GEPUG is

configured.

For details on the boards in the GMPS, refer to 9 BSC Boards.

8.5.3 Configuration of the GEPS

The GEPS is configured in the GBCR or GBSR. The BSC can be configured with zero to three

GEPSs. The GEPS processes the basic services of the BSC. The configuration of the boards in

the GEPS varies with the configuration modes of the BSC subracks.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-19

Page 132: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 132/310

Page 133: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 133/310

 

BM/TC Combined (Built-In PCU)

In BM/TC combined (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured with the

GTNU, GSCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, and GEPUG/GFGUG. The GXPUT, GEIUA/GOIUA, and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards.

Figure 8-20 shows the fully configured GEPS.

Figure 8-20 Fully configured GEPS (3)

1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211

G

SC

U

G

SC

U

G

TNU

G

TNU

2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625

GEI

UA

GEI

UA

GEI

UA

GEI

UA

GEI

UB

GEI

UB

GEI

UA

GEI

UA

GEI

UB

GEI

UB

GEI

UB

GEI

UB

GDP

UX

GDP

UX

G

XPU

T

GXP

UM

GXP

UM

G

XPU

T

GDP

UP

GDP

UP

G

DPU

P

GDP

UX

GDP

UX

G

DPU

X

Rear boards

Backplane

Front boards

 

BM/TC Combined (External PCU)

In BM/TC combined (external PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured with

the GTNU, GSCU, GXPUM, and GDPUX. The GXPUT, GEIUA/GOIUA, GEIUB/GOIUB/

GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards.

Figure 8-21 shows the fully configured GEPS.

Figure 8-21 Fully configured GEPS (4)

1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211

GXP

UM

GXP

UM

GSC

U

GSC

U

G

TNU

G

TNU

2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625

GEIUA

GEIUA

GEIUA

GEIUA

GEIUP

GEIUP

GEIUA

GEIUA

GEIUB

GEIUB

GEIUB

GEIUB

GEIUA

GEIUA

G

XPU

T

G

XPU

T

GDP

UX

GDP

UX

GDP

UX

GDP

UX

Rear boards

Front boards

Backplane

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-21

Page 134: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 134/310

 

A over IP (Built-In PCU)

In A over IP (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured with the GTNU,

GSCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, GEPUG/GFGUG, and GFGUA/GOGUA. The GXPUTand GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards.

Figure 8-22 shows the fully configured GEPS.

Figure 8-22 Fully configured GEPS (5)

1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211

GSC

U

GSC

U

G

TNU

G

TNU

2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625

GFG

UA

GFG

UA

GEI

UB

GEI

UB

GXP

UM

GXP

UM

G

XPU

T

G

XPU

T

G

DP

UP

G

DP

UP

GDPU

P

G

DPU

X

G

DPU

X

G

DPU

X

GEHUB

GEHUB

GEIUB

GEIUB

Rear boards

Front boards

Backplane

 

A over IP (External PCU)

In A over IP (external PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured with the GTNU,

GSCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, and GFGUA/GOGUA. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/

GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards.

Figure 8-23 shows the fully configured GEPS.

Figure 8-23 Fully configured GEPS (6)

1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211

GSC

U

GSC

U

G

TNU

G

TNU

2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625

GFGUA

GFGUA

GEIUB

GEIUB

GXP

UM

GXP

UM

G

XPU

T

G

XPU

T

GDP

UX

GDP

UX

GDPU

X

GEI

UB

GEI

UB

GEI

UB

GEI

UB

GEI

UP

GEI

UP

Rear boards

Front boards

Backplane

8 BSC Subracks

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

8-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 135: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 135/310

 

CAUTION

l The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. The GDPUX must be configured in

any of the following conditions: in BM/TC combined configuration mode, in BM/TC

separated configuration mode with the GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB configured, or in A over 

IP configuration mode.

l When the number of TRXs to be supported is greater than 256, a pair of GXPUTs must be

configured in the GEPS.

l The A, Abis, Ater, and Pb interfaces support E1/T1, FE/GE, and STM-1 transmissions. The

Gb interface supports E1/T1 and FE/GE transmissions. The previous figures take E1/T1

transmission as examples, where the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUT/GEIUP/GEHUB/GEPUG is

configured.

For details on the boards in the GEPS, refer to 9 BSC Boards.

8.5.4 Configuration of the GTCS

In BM/TC separated configuration mode, the GTCS is configured in the GBCR or GBSR. The

BSC can be configured with zero to four GTCSs. The GTCS performs transcoding, rate

adaptation, and sub-multiplexing.

The GTCS must be configured with the GSCU and GTNU. The GDPUX, GEIUA/GOIUA, and

GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards.

When the E1/T1 transmission is used on the A interface, one GTCS supports a maximum of 

4,800 speech paths. Figure 8-24 shows the fully configured GTCS.

Figure 8-24 Fully configured GTCS (1)

1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211

GSCU

GSCU

GTNU

GTNU

2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625

GEI

UT

GEI

UA

GEI

UA

GEI

UA

GEI

UA

GEI

UA

GDPUX

GDPUX

GDPUX

GEI

UA

GEI

UA

Rear boards

Front boards

Backplane

GEI

UA

GEI

UA

GEI

UA

GEI

UT

GEI

UT

GEI

UT

GDPUX

GDP

UX

 

When the STM-1 transmission is used on the A interface, one GTCS supports a maximum of 9,600 speech paths. Figure 8-25 shows the fully configured GTCS.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-23

Page 136: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 136/310

Figure 8-25 Fully configured GTCS (2)

1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211

GSC

U

GSC

U

GTN

U

GTN

U

2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625

GO

IUT

GO

IUA

GO

IUA

GO

IUA

GO

IUA

GO

IUA

GO

IUA

Rear boards

Front boards

Backplane

GDP

UX

GDP

UX

GDP

UX

GDP

UX

GDP

UX

GO

IUA

GO

IUA

GDPUX

GO

IUA

GO

IUA

GO

IUT

GO

IUT

GO

IUT

GDP

UX

GDPUX

GDP

UX

GDP

UX

 

CAUTION

l The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. The GTCS can be configured with the

GDPUX, GDPUC, or both GDPUX and GDPUC.

For details on the boards in the GTCS, refer to BSC Boards.

8.6 Technical Specifications of the BSC SubrackThe technical specifications of the BSC Subrack consist of the dimensions, height of the available

space, weight of the subrack, and power consumption of the fully configured subrack.

Technical Specifications of the GMPS

Table 8-8 lists the technical specifications of the GMPS.

Table 8-8 Technical specifications of the GMPS

Specification Value

Dimensions 530.6 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 480 mm

(depth)

Height of the available space in the

subrack 

12 U (1 U = 44.45 mm = 1.75 inch)

Weight Empty subrack: 25 kg; subrack configured with

 boards:≤ 57 kg

Power consumption of the fully

configured subrack 

780 W

 

8 BSC Subracks

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

8-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 137: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 137/310

Technical Specifications of the GEPS

Table 8-9 lists the technical specifications of the GEPS.

Table 8-9 Technical specifications of the GEPSSpecification Value

Dimensions 530.6 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 480 mm

(depth)

Height of the available space 12 U (1 U = 44.45 mm = 1.75 inches)

Weight Empty subrack: 25 kg; subrack configured with

 boards:≤ 57 kg

Power consumption of the fully

configured subrack 

600 W

 

Technical Specifications of the GTCS

Table 8-10 lists the technical specifications of the GTCS.

Table 8-10 Technical specifications of the GTCS

Specification Value

Dimensions 530.6 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 480 mm

(depth)

Height of the available space in the

subrack 

12 U (1 U = 44.45 mm = 1.75 inches)

Weight Empty subrack: 25 kg; subrack configured with

 boards:≤ 57 kg

Power consumption of the fully

configured subrack 

When E1/T1 transmission is used on the A

interface, the maximum power consumption is

700 W. When STM-1 transmission is used on

the A interface, the maximum power 

consumption is 970 W.

 

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-25

Page 138: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 138/310

Page 139: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 139/310

9 BSC Boards

About This Chapter

This describes the boards in the BSC.

The logical boards are formed by loading different software to the physical boards. Table 9-1

lists the boards in the BSC.

Table 9-1 Boards in the BSC

Physical Board Logical Board Full Spelling of Logical Board

OMUb GOMU GSM Operation and MaintenanceUnit

GCUa GGCU GSM General Clock Unit

SCUa GSCU GSM Switching and Control Unit

TNUa GTNU GSM TDM switching Network Unit

XPUa GXPUM GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for  

Main service

GXPUT GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for  

Transmission

GXPUI GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for  

Computation service

EIUa GEIUB GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for aBis

GEIUP GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for Pb

GEIUT GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for aTer  

GEIUA GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for A

OIUa GOIUB GSM Optic Interface Unit for aBis

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-1

Page 140: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 140/310

Physical Board Logical Board Full Spelling of Logical Board

GOIUP GSM Optic Interface Unit for Pb

GOIUT GSM Optic Interface Unit for aTer  

GOIUA GSM Optic Interface Unit for A

FG2a GFGUA GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit

ethernet Unit for A

GFGUB GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit

ethernet Unit for aBis

GFGUG GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit

ethernet Unit for Gb

GOUa GOGUA GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for  

A

GOGUB GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for  

aBis

PEUa GEHUB GSM E1/T1 High level Data Link  

Control Unit for aBis

GEPUG GSM E1/T1 Packet Unit for Gb

DPUc GDPUX GSM Data Processing Unit for  

eXtensible service

DPUd GDPUP GSM Data Processing Unit for PSservice

DPUa GDPUC GSM Data Processing Unit for CS

service

- PFPU Fan Power Unit

- PFCU Fan Control Unit

- PFCB Fan Control Board

- MDMC Distribution Monitor and

Communication board

- WOPB Overvoltage Protection Board

 

9.1 GEIUA

The GEIUA is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the A interface. It can be installed in slots

18-25 in the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GEIUA can be configured in pairs and work in active/

standby mode.

9.2 GEIUB

The GEIUB is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installed in slots

18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEIUB can be configured in pairs and work in active/standbymode.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 141: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 141/310

9.3 GEIUP

The GEIUP is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Pb interface. It can be installed in slots

14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEIUP can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby

mode.

9.4 GEIUTThe GEIUT is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Ater interface. It can be installed in slots

16-17 in the GMPS/GEPS and in slots 14-17 in the GTCS. The GEIUT can be configured in

 pairs and wor k in active/standby mode.

9.5 GGCU

The GGCU is the general clock unit of the BSC. Two GGCUs should be installed in slots 12-13

in the GMPS and should work in active/standby mode.

9.6 GOIUA

The GOIUA is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the A interface. It can be installed in slots 18-25

in the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GOIUA can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby

mode.

9.7 GOIUB

The GOIUB is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installed in slots

18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GOIUB can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby

mode.

9.8 GOIUP

The GOIUP is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Pb interface. It can be installed in slots

14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GOIUP can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby

mode.

9.9 GOIUT

The GOIUT is the GSM O ptic Interface Unit for the Ater interface. It can be installed in slots

16-17 in the GMPS/GEPS and in slots 14-17 in the GTCS. The GOIUT can be configured in

 pairs and wor k in active/standby mode.

9.10 GOMU

This describes the GSM Operation and Maintenance Unit (GOMU). It serves as the server in

the BSC and works in active/standby mode. It can be installed in either slots 20-23 or slots 25

and 27 in the GMPS.

9.11 GSCU

The GSCU is the GSM Switching and Control Unit. It is installed in slots 6-7 in the GMPS/

GEPS/GTCS. The GSCU is configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.

9.12 GTNUThe GTNU is the GSM TDM switching network unit in the BSC. It is installed in slots 4-5 in

the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GTNU is configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.

9.13 GXPUM

The GXPUM is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Main service in the BSC. It can be

installed in slots 0-1 in the GMPS/GEPS and work in active/standby mode.

9.14 GXPUT

The GXPUT is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Transmission in the BSC and processes

signals accor ding to the LAPD protocol and SS7 MTP3 protocol. When the number of TRXs to

 be supported by the GMPS/GEPS is greater than 256, the GXPUT can be installed in slots 2-3

in the GMPS/GEPS and work in active/standby mode.

9.15 GXPUI

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-3

Page 142: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 142/310

The GXPUI is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Computation service in the BSC and

implements the IBCA algorithm. It can be configured in slots 2-3 in the GMPS/GEPS and does

not work in active/standby mode.

9.16 GFGUA

The GFGUA is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the A interface. It can beinstalled in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. If the BSC need not process packet services, the

GFGUA can be installed in slots 14-15. The GFGUA can work in active/standby mode and work 

independently.

9.17 GFGUB

The GFGUB is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Abis interface. It can

 be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. If the BSC need not process packet services, the

GFGUB can be installed in slots 14-15. The GFGUB can work in active/standby mode and work 

independently.

9.18 GFGUG

The GFGUG is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Gb interface. It can beinstalled in slots 14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GFGUG can work in active/standby mode and

work independently.

9.19 GOGUA

The GOGUA is the GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for the A interface. It can be installed in

slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. When the BSC need not process packet services, the GOGUA

can also be installed in slots 14-15. The GOGUA can work in active/standby mode and work 

independently.

9.20 GOGUB

The GOGUB is the GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installed

in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. When the BSC need not process packet services, the GOGUB

can also be installed in slots 14-15. The GOGUB can work in active/standby mode and work independently.

9.21 GEHUB

The GEHUB is the GSM E1/T1 High level Data Link Control Unit for the Abis interface. It can

 be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. When the BSC need not process packet services,

the GEHUB can also be installed in slots 14-15. The GEHUB can work in active/standby mode

and work independently.

9.22 GEPUG

The GEPUG is the GSM E1/T1 Packet Unit for the Gb interface. It can be installed in slots 14-15

in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEPUG can work in active/standby mode and work independently.

9.23 GDPUCThe GDPUC is the CS service processing unit in the BSC. When E1/T1 interface boards are

installed in the GTCS, the GDPUC can be installed in slots 9 to 13. When STM-1 interface

 boards are installed in the GTCS, the GDPUC can be installed in slots 1 to 3 and slots 8 to 13.

9.24 GDPUX

The GDPUX is the GSM Data Processing Unit for eXtensible services. It can be installed in

slots 8-11 in the GMPS; slots 0-3, 8-13, and 14-27 in the GEPS; and slots 0-3, 8-13 in the GTCS.

9.25 GDPUP

The GDPUP is the GSM Data Processing Unit for PS services. It can be installed in slots 8-13

in the GMPS/GEPS.

9.26 MDMC

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 143: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 143/310

The MDMC is the power monitoring communication board for the BSC common power 

distribution box. It is configured in the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR/GBSR.

Each power distribution box should be configured with one MDMC.

9.27 PAMU

The PAMU is the power monitoring communication board for the BSC high-power distribution box. It is configured in the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR/GBSR. Each power 

distribution box should be configured with one PAMU.

9.28 PFCU

The PFCU is the fan control unit. It is installed in the front of a fan box. Each fan box must be

configured with one PFCU.

9.29 PFCB

The PFCB is the fan control board. It is installed in the front of a fan box. Each fan box must be

configured with one PFCB.

9.30 WOPB

The WOPB is the overvoltage protection board in the BSC. It is placed in the power distribution box. Each Common power distribution box should be configured with one WOPB.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-5

Page 144: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 144/310

9.1 GEIUA

The GEIUA is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the A interface. It can be installed in slots

18-25 in the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GEIUA can be configured in pairs and work in active/

standby mode.

9.1.1 Functions of the GEIUA

The GEIUA enables the E1/T1 transmission on the A interface.

9.1.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

9.1.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

9.1.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, and

one TESTOUT.

9.1.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have thesame types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.

9.1.1 Functions of the GEIUA

The GEIUA enables the E1/T1 transmission on the A interface.

The GEIUA performs the following functions:

l Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports, which is used for TDM transmission

l Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the

 physical links of the active and standby boards.

l

Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals, and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (TheE1 transmission rate is 2.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.)

9.1.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

Figure 9-1 shows the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 145: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 145/310

Figure 9-1 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel

EIUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

     E     1     /     T     1     (     0   ~     7     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     1     6   ~     2     3     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     2     4   ~     3     1     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     8   ~     1     5     )

     T     E     S     T     O     U     T

     2     M     0

     2     M     1

 

9.1.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 9-2 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.

Table 9-2 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the

 board is faulty.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-7

Page 146: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 146/310

LED Color Status Meaning  

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in active

mode.

Off The board works in standby

mode.

 

9.1.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, and

one TESTOUT.

Table 9-3 describes the ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.

Table 9-3 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel

Port Function Port

E1/T1 (0-7) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and

receive the E1/T1 signals on

routes 0-7

DB44

E1/T1 (8-15) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and

receive the E1/T1 signals on

routes 8-15

DB44

E1/T1 (16-23) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and

receive the E1/T1 signals on

routes 16-23

DB44

E1/T1 (24-31) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals on

routes 24-31

DB44

2M0 and 2M1 Output ports for the 2.048 MHz

clock signals, used to export the

extracted line clock for system

reference

SMB male connector 

TESTOUT You can modify the register  

value to obtain different test

clock signals. By default, the

2.048 MHz clock signals are the

outputs from this port.

SMB male connector 

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 147: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 147/310

 

9.1.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the

same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.

Figure 9-2 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.

Figure 9-2 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT

1

2ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

1 8

1 8

1 8

1 8

S6

S5

S4

S3

S1

1 8

ONOFF

ONOFF

(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate

 

CAUTION

All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. The front of the sub-board

faces and fits into the bottom plate. Therefore, you should remove the sub-board before setting

the DIP switches.

Table 9-4 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-9

Page 148: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 148/310

Table 9-4 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT

DIPSwitch

DIPBit

Description Setting  for 75-ohm

CoaxialCable

Value ofDIP Bitfor 75-

ohmCoaxialCable

Setting for 120-ohm

TwistedPairCable

Valueof DIPBit for

120-ohmTwisted PairCable

S1 8 Used to select the

impedance on E1/T1

links 0-7

ON 0 OFF 1

7 Used to select the

impedance on E1/T1

links 8-15

ON 0 OFF 1

6 Used to select the

impedance on E1/T1

links 16-23

ON 0 OFF 1

5 Used to select the

impedance on E1/T1

links 24-31

ON 0 OFF 1

1-4 Reserved

S3 1-8 Used to set the

 protection grounding of the transmitting end of 

E1/T1 links 0-7

ON 0 OFF 1

S4 1-8 Used to set the

 protection grounding of 

the transmitting end of 

E1/T1 links 8-15

ON 0 OFF 1

S5 1-8 Used to set the

 protection grounding of 

the transmitting end of 

E1/T1 links 16-23

ON 0 OFF 1

S6 1-8 Used to set the

 protection grounding of 

the transmitting end of 

E1/T1 links 24-31

ON 0 OFF 1

 

Table 9-5 describes different switches listed in Table 9-4.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 149: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 149/310

Table 9-5 Switch types related to the DIP bits

DIP Switch Description

E1/T1 impedance selection switch Used to select the logical transmission mode of the

 board and to notify the software of the currenttransmission mode

Switch used to set the protection

grounding of the E1/T1 transmitting

end

Used to control the grounding of the transmitting end

of the E1/T1 signals:

l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75-

ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmission

mode, set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TX end.

l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120-

ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode,

set the DIP bit to OFF and gr ound the TX end.

 

NOTE

l By default, the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode.

l The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIP

switches on the standby EIUa board.

l The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes.

l Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches.

9.2 GEIUBThe GEIUB is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installed in slots

18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEIUB can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby

mode.

9.2.1 Functions of the GEIUB

The GEIUB enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Abis interface.

9.2.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

9.2.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

9.2.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, and

one TESTOUT.

9.2.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-11

Page 150: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 150/310

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the

same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.

9.2.1 Functions of the GEIUBThe GEIUB enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Abis interface.

The GEIUB performs the following functions:

l Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports, which is used for TDM transmission

l Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the

 physical links of the active and standby boards.

l Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals, and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The

E1 transmission rate is 2.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.)

9.2.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

Figure 9-3 shows the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 151: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 151/310

Figure 9-3 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel

EIUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

     E     1     /     T     1     (     0   ~     7     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     1     6   ~     2     3     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     2     4   ~     3     1     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     8   ~     1     5     )

     T     E     S     T     O     U     T

     2     M     0

     2     M     1

 

9.2.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 9-6 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.

Table 9-6 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the

 board is faulty.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-13

Page 152: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 152/310

LED Color Status Meaning  

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in active

mode.

Off The board works in standby

mode.

 

9.2.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, and

one TESTOUT.

Table 9-7 describes the ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.

Table 9-7 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel

Port Function Port

E1/T1 (0-7) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and

receive the E1/T1 signals on

routes 0-7

DB44

E1/T1 (8-15) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and

receive the E1/T1 signals on

routes 8-15

DB44

E1/T1 (16-23) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and

receive the E1/T1 signals on

routes 16-23

DB44

E1/T1 (24-31) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals on

routes 24-31

DB44

2M0 and 2M1 Output ports for the 2.048 MHz

clock signals, used to export the

extracted line clock for system

reference

SMB male connector 

TESTOUT You can modify the register  

value to obtain different test

clock signals. By default, the

2.048 MHz clock signals are the

outputs from this port.

SMB male connector 

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 153: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 153/310

 

9.2.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the

same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.

Figure 9-4 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.

Figure 9-4 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT

1

2ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

1 8

1 8

1 8

1 8

S6

S5

S4

S3

S1

1 8

ONOFF

ONOFF

(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate

 

CAUTION

All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. The front of the sub-board

faces and fits into the bottom plate. Therefore, you should remove the sub-board before setting

the DIP switches.

Table 9-8 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-15

Page 154: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 154/310

Table 9-8 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT

DIPSwitch

DIPBit

Description Setting  for 75-ohm

CoaxialCable

Value ofDIP Bitfor 75-

ohmCoaxialCable

Setting for 120-ohm

TwistedPairCable

Valueof DIPBit for

120-ohmTwisted PairCable

S1 8 Used to select the

impedance on E1/T1

links 0-7

ON 0 OFF 1

7 Used to select the

impedance on E1/T1

links 8-15

ON 0 OFF 1

6 Used to select the

impedance on E1/T1

links 16-23

ON 0 OFF 1

5 Used to select the

impedance on E1/T1

links 24-31

ON 0 OFF 1

1-4 Reserved

S3 1-8 Used to set the

 protection grounding of the transmitting end of 

E1/T1 links 0-7

ON 0 OFF 1

S4 1-8 Used to set the

 protection grounding of 

the transmitting end of 

E1/T1 links 8-15

ON 0 OFF 1

S5 1-8 Used to set the

 protection grounding of 

the transmitting end of 

E1/T1 links 16-23

ON 0 OFF 1

S6 1-8 Used to set the

 protection grounding of 

the transmitting end of 

E1/T1 links 24-31

ON 0 OFF 1

 

Table 9-9 describes different switches listed in Table 9-8.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 155: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 155/310

Table 9-9 Switch types related to the DIP bits

DIP Switch Description

E1/T1 impedance selection switch Used to select the logical transmission mode of the

 board and to notify the software of the currenttransmission mode

Switch used to set the protection

grounding of the E1/T1 transmitting

end

Used to control the grounding of the transmitting end

of the E1/T1 signals:

l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75-

ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmission

mode, set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TX end.

l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120-

ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode,

set the DIP bit to OFF and gr ound the TX end.

 

NOTE

l By default, the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode.

l The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIP

switches on the standby EIUa board.

l The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes.

l Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches.

9.3 GEIUPThe GEIUP is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Pb interface. It can be installed in slots

14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEIUP can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby

mode.

9.3.1 Functions of the GEIUP

The GEIUP enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Pb interface.

9.3.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

9.3.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

9.3.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, and

one TESTOUT.

9.3.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-17

Page 156: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 156/310

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the

same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.

9.3.1 Functions of the GEIUPThe GEIUP enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Pb interface.

The GEIUP performs the following functions:

l Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports, which is used for TDM transmission

l Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the

 physical links of the active and standby boards.

l Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals, and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The

E1 transmission rate is 2.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.)

l Processes signals according to the Link Access Procedure on the D channel (LAPD)

 protocol

9.3.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

Figure 9-5 shows the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 157: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 157/310

Figure 9-5 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel

EIUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

     E     1     /     T     1     (     0   ~     7     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     1     6   ~     2     3     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     2     4   ~     3     1     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     8   ~     1     5     )

     T     E     S     T     O     U     T

     2     M     0

     2     M     1

 

9.3.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 9-10 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.

Table 9-10 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the

 board is faulty.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-19

Page 158: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 158/310

LED Color Status Meaning  

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in active

mode.

Off The board works in standby

mode.

 

9.3.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, and

one TESTOUT.

Table 9-11 describes the ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.

Table 9-11 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel

Port Function Port

E1/T1 (0-7) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and

receive the E1/T1 signals on

routes 0-7

DB44

E1/T1 (8-15) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and

receive the E1/T1 signals on

routes 8-15

DB44

E1/T1 (16-23) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and

receive the E1/T1 signals on

routes 16-23

DB44

E1/T1 (24-31) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals on

routes 24-31

DB44

2M0 and 2M1 Output ports for the 2.048 MHz

clock signals, used to export the

extracted line clock for system

reference

SMB male connector 

TESTOUT You can modify the register  

value to obtain different test

clock signals. By default, the

2.048 MHz clock signals are the

outputs from this port.

SMB male connector 

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 159: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 159/310

 

9.3.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the

same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.

Figure 9-6 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.

Figure 9-6 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT

1

2ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

1 8

1 8

1 8

1 8

S6

S5

S4

S3

S1

1 8

ONOFF

ONOFF

(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate

 

CAUTION

All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. The front of the sub-board

faces and fits into the bottom plate. Therefore, you should remove the sub-board before setting

the DIP switches.

Table 9-12 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-21

Page 160: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 160/310

Table 9-12 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT

DIPSwitch

DIPBit

Description Setting  for 75-ohm

CoaxialCable

Value ofDIP Bitfor 75-

ohmCoaxialCable

Setting for 120-ohm

TwistedPairCable

Valueof DIPBit for

120-ohmTwisted PairCable

S1 8 Used to select the

impedance on E1/T1

links 0-7

ON 0 OFF 1

7 Used to select the

impedance on E1/T1

links 8-15

ON 0 OFF 1

6 Used to select the

impedance on E1/T1

links 16-23

ON 0 OFF 1

5 Used to select the

impedance on E1/T1

links 24-31

ON 0 OFF 1

1-4 Reserved

S3 1-8 Used to set the

 protection grounding of the transmitting end of 

E1/T1 links 0-7

ON 0 OFF 1

S4 1-8 Used to set the

 protection grounding of 

the transmitting end of 

E1/T1 links 8-15

ON 0 OFF 1

S5 1-8 Used to set the

 protection grounding of 

the transmitting end of 

E1/T1 links 16-23

ON 0 OFF 1

S6 1-8 Used to set the

 protection grounding of 

the transmitting end of 

E1/T1 links 24-31

ON 0 OFF 1

 

Table 9-13 describes different switches listed in Table 9-12.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 161: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 161/310

Table 9-13 Switch types related to the DIP bits

DIP Switch Description

E1/T1 impedance selection switch Used to select the logical transmission mode of the

 board and to notify the software of the currenttransmission mode

Switch used to set the protection

grounding of the E1/T1 transmitting

end

Used to control the grounding of the transmitting end

of the E1/T1 signals:

l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75-

ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmission

mode, set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TX end.

l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120-

ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode,

set the DIP bit to OFF and gr ound the TX end.

 

NOTE

l By default, the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode.

l The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIP

switches on the standby EIUa board.

l The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes.

l Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches.

9.4 GEIUTThe GEIUT is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Ater interface. It can be installed in slots

16-17 in the GMPS/GEPS and in slots 14-17 in the GTCS. The GEIUT can be configured in

 pairs and work in active/standby mode.

9.4.1 Functions of the GEIUT

The GEIUT enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Ater interface.

9.4.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

9.4.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

9.4.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, and

one TESTOUT.

9.4.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-23

Page 162: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 162/310

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the

same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.

9.4.1 Functions of the GEIUTThe GEIUT enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Ater interface.

The GEIUT performs the following functions:

l Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports, which is used for TDM transmission

l Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the

 physical links of the active and standby boards.

l Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals, and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The

E1 transmission rate is 2.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.)

l Processes signals according to the SS7 MTP2 protocol

l Provides the OM links when the GTCS is configured on the MSC side

9.4.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

Figure 9-7 shows the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 163: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 163/310

Figure 9-7 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel

EIUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

     E     1     /     T     1     (     0   ~     7     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     1     6   ~     2     3     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     2     4   ~     3     1     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     8   ~     1     5     )

     T     E     S     T     O     U     T

     2     M     0

     2     M     1

 

9.4.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 9-14 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.

Table 9-14 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the

 board is faulty.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-25

Page 164: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 164/310

LED Color Status Meaning  

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in active

mode.

Off The board works in standby

mode.

 

9.4.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, and

one TESTOUT.

Table 9-15 describes the ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.

Table 9-15 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel

Port Function Port

E1/T1 (0-7) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and

receive the E1/T1 signals on

routes 0-7

DB44

E1/T1 (8-15) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and

receive the E1/T1 signals on

routes 8-15

DB44

E1/T1 (16-23) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and

receive the E1/T1 signals on

routes 16-23

DB44

E1/T1 (24-31) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals on

routes 24-31

DB44

2M0 and 2M1 Output ports for the 2.048 MHz

clock signals, used to export the

extracted line clock for system

reference

SMB male connector 

TESTOUT You can modify the register  

value to obtain different test

clock signals. By default, the

2.048 MHz clock signals are the

outputs from this port.

SMB male connector 

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-26 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 165: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 165/310

 

9.4.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the

same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.

Figure 9-8 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.

Figure 9-8 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT

1

2ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

1 8

1 8

1 8

1 8

S6

S5

S4

S3

S1

1 8

ONOFF

ONOFF

(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate

 

CAUTION

All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. The front of the sub-board

faces and fits into the bottom plate. Therefore, you should remove the sub-board before setting

the DIP switches.

Table 9-16 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-27

Page 166: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 166/310

Table 9-16 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT

DIPSwitch

DIPBit

Description Setting  for 75-ohm

CoaxialCable

Value ofDIP Bitfor 75-

ohmCoaxialCable

Setting for 120-ohm

TwistedPairCable

Valueof DIPBit for

120-ohmTwisted PairCable

S1 8 Used to select the

impedance on E1/T1

links 0-7

ON 0 OFF 1

7 Used to select the

impedance on E1/T1

links 8-15

ON 0 OFF 1

6 Used to select the

impedance on E1/T1

links 16-23

ON 0 OFF 1

5 Used to select the

impedance on E1/T1

links 24-31

ON 0 OFF 1

1-4 Reserved

S3 1-8 Used to set the

 protection grounding of the transmitting end of 

E1/T1 links 0-7

ON 0 OFF 1

S4 1-8 Used to set the

 protection grounding of 

the transmitting end of 

E1/T1 links 8-15

ON 0 OFF 1

S5 1-8 Used to set the

 protection grounding of 

the transmitting end of 

E1/T1 links 16-23

ON 0 OFF 1

S6 1-8 Used to set the

 protection grounding of 

the transmitting end of 

E1/T1 links 24-31

ON 0 OFF 1

 

Table 9-17 describes different switches listed in Table 9-16.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 167: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 167/310

Table 9-17 Switch types related to the DIP bits

DIP Switch Description

E1/T1 impedance selection switch Used to select the logical transmission mode of the

 board and to notify the software of the currenttransmission mode

Switch used to set the protection

grounding of the E1/T1 transmitting

end

Used to control the grounding of the transmitting end

of the E1/T1 signals:

l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75-

ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmission

mode, set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TX end.

l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120-

ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode,

set the DIP bit to OFF and ground the TX end.

 

NOTE

l By default, the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode.

l The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIP

switches on the standby EIUa board.

l The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes.

l Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches.

9.5 GGCU

The GGCU is the general clock unit of the BSC. Two GGCUs should be installed in slots 12-13

in the GMPS and should work in active/standby mode.

9.5.1 Functions of the GGCU

The GGCU provides synchronization clocks for the BSC.

9.5.2 GGCU Panel

The components on the GGCU panel are the LEDs and ports.

9.5.3 LEDs on the GGCU PanelThere are three LEDs on the GGCU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

9.5.4 Ports on the GGCU Panel

The GGCU panel provides sixteen ports, of which ten ports are labeled CLKOUT, two COM,

one TESTOUT, one TESTIN, and two CLKIN.

9.5.1 Functions of the GGCU

The GGCU provides synchronization clocks for the BSC.

The GGCU performs the following functions:

l The GGCU traces, generates, and retains the synchronous clock signals.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-29

Page 168: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 168/310

l The standby GGCU traces the clock phase of the active GGCU. It also ensures that the

clock phase is smooth when an active/standby switchover occurs.

9.5.2 GGCU Panel

The components on the GGCU panel are the LEDs and ports.

Figure 9-9 shows the GGCU panel.

Figure 9-9 GGCU panel

GCUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

8

9

     C     O     M     0

     C

     O     M     1

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

     C     L     K     O     U     T

     T     E     S     T     I     N     T     E     S     T     O     U     T

     C     L     K     L     I     N     1     C     L     K     L     I     N     0

 

9.5.3 LEDs on the GGCU Panel

There are three LEDs on the GGCU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 9-18 describes the three LEDs on the GGCU panel.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 169: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 169/310

Table 9-18 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the

 board is faulty.

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in activemode.

Off The board works in standby

mode.

 

9.5.4 Ports on the GGCU Panel

The GGCU panel provides sixteen ports, of which ten ports are labeled CLKOUT, two COM,

one TESTOUT, one TESTIN, and two CLKIN.

Table 9-19 describes the ports on the GGCU panel.

Table 9-19 Ports on the GGCU panel

Port Function Port

CLKOUT 0 to CLKOUT 9 Synchronization clock output

 port, used to provide the 8 kHz

clock signals to the CLKIN

 port on the GSCU panel

RJ45

COM0 and COM1 Reserved RJ45

TESTOUT Reserved SMB male connector  

TESTIN Input port for testing external

clock signals

SMB male connector 

CLKLIN0 and CLKLIN1 Synchronization clock input

 port, used to receive the 2.048

MHz clock signals or 2.048

Mbit/s code stream signals

SMB male connector 

 

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-31

Page 170: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 170/310

9.6 GOIUA

The GOIUA is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the A interface. It can be installed in slots 18-25

in the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GOIUA can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby

mode.

9.6.1 Functions of the GOIUA

The GOIUA enables the STM-1 transmission on the A interface.

9.6.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

9.6.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four 

LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.

9.6.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel

This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, and

GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different

software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one

2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.

9.6.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)

The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port

mode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, andreceiver sensitivity.

9.6.1 Functions of the GOIUA

The GOIUA enables the STM-1 transmission on the A interface.

The GOIUA performs the following functions:

l Provides one STM-1 port, which is used for TDM transmission

l Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between

the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.

l

Provides one channelized STM-1 port with the data rate of 155.52 Mbit/s

9.6.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

Figure 9-10 shows the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-32 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 171: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 171/310

Figure 9-10 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel

OIUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

RX

LOS

TX

     T     E     S     T     O     U     T

     2     M     0

     2     M     1

 

9.6.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four 

LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.

Table 9-20 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.

Table 9-20 LEDs on the board

LED Color

Status Meaning  

RUN Gree

n

On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-33

Page 172: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 172/310

LED Color

Status Meaning  

On There is power input but the board is

faulty.

Off There is no power input or the board is

faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Gree

n

On The board works in active mode.

Off The board works in standby mode.

LOS Gree

n

On The STM-1 port does not receive

signals properly.

Off The STM-1 port receives signals

 properly.

 

9.6.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel

This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, and

GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different

software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one

2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.

Table 9-21 describes the ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.

Table 9-21 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel

Port Function Port

RX TX indicates the transmitting optical port and RX indicates the

receiving optical port.

LC port

TX

2M0 and

2M1

Output ports for the 2.048 MHz clock reference, used to export

the extracted line clock and take it as the reference clock for the system

SMB male

connector 

TESTO

UT

You can modify the register value to obtain different test clock 

signals. By default, the 2.048 MHz clock signals are generated

from this port and taken as the system test clock.

SMB male

connector 

 

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-34 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 173: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 173/310

9.6.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/ GOIUT(OIUa)

The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port

mode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, andreceiver sensitivity.

Table 9-22 lists the technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT.

Table 9-22 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT

Specification Value

Optical port mode Single mode Multimode

Optical port type LC/PC LC/PC

Central wavelength 1,310 nm 1,310 nm

Transmission rate 155.52 Mbit/s 155.52 Mbit/s

Transmission

distance

15 km 2 km

Maximum output

optical power 

-8 dBm -14 dBm

Minimum output

optical power 

-15 dBm -19 dBm

Maximum receiver 

sensitivity

-31 dBm -30 dBm

 

9.7 GOIUBThe GOIUB is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installed in slots

18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GOIUB can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby

mode.

9.7.1 Functions of the GOIUB

The GOIUB enables the STM-1 transmission on the Abis interface.

9.7.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

9.7.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four 

LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.

9.7.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel

This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, andGOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-35

Page 174: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 174/310

Page 175: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 175/310

Figure 9-11 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel

OIUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

RX

LOS

TX

     T     E     S     T     O     U     T

     2     M     0

     2     M     1

 

9.7.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four 

LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.

Table 9-23 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.

Table 9-23 LEDs on the board

LED Color

Status Meaning  

RUN Gree

n

On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-37

Page 176: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 176/310

LED Color

Status Meaning  

On There is power input but the board is

faulty.

Off There is no power input or the board is

faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Gree

n

On The board works in active mode.

Off The board works in standby mode.

LOS Gree

n

On The STM-1 port does not receive

signals properly.

Off The STM-1 port receives signals

 properly.

 

9.7.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel

This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, and

GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different

software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one

2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.

Table 9-24 describes the ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.

Table 9-24 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel

Port Function Port

RX TX indicates the transmitting optical port and RX indicates the

receiving optical port.

LC port

TX

2M0 and

2M1

Output ports for the 2.048 MHz clock reference, used to export

the extracted line clock and take it as the reference clock for the system

SMB male

connector 

TESTO

UT

You can modify the register value to obtain different test clock 

signals. By default, the 2.048 MHz clock signals are generated

from this port and taken as the system test clock.

SMB male

connector 

 

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-38 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 177: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 177/310

9.7.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/ GOIUT(OIUa)

The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port

mode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, andreceiver sensitivity.

Table 9-25 lists the technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT.

Table 9-25 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT

Specification Value

Optical port mode Single mode Multimode

Optical port type LC/PC LC/PC

Central wavelength 1,310 nm 1,310 nm

Transmission rate 155.52 Mbit/s 155.52 Mbit/s

Transmission

distance

15 km 2 km

Maximum output

optical power 

-8 dBm -14 dBm

Minimum output

optical power 

-15 dBm -19 dBm

Maximum receiver 

sensitivity

-31 dBm -30 dBm

 

9.8 GOIUPThe GOIUP is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Pb interface. It can be installed in slots

14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GOIUP can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby

mode.

9.8.1 Functions of the GOIUP

The GOIUP enables the STM-1 transmission on the Pb interface.

9.8.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

9.8.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four 

LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.

9.8.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel

This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, andGOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-39

Page 178: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 178/310

software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one

2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.

9.8.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)

The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port

mode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, andreceiver sensitivity.

9.8.1 Functions of the GOIUP

The GOIUP enables the STM-1 transmission on the Pb interface.

The GOIUP performs the following functions:

l Provides one STM-1 port, which is used for TDM transmission

l Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between

the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.

l Provides one channelized STM-1 port with the data rate of 155.52 Mbit/s

l Processes signals according to the LAPD protocol

9.8.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

Figure 9-12 shows the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-40 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 179: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 179/310

Figure 9-12 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel

OIUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

RX

LOS

TX

     T     E     S     T     O     U     T

     2     M     0

     2     M     1

 

9.8.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four 

LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.

Table 9-26 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.

Table 9-26 LEDs on the board

LED Color

Status Meaning  

RUN Gree

n

On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-41

Page 180: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 180/310

LED Color

Status Meaning  

On There is power input but the board is

faulty.

Off There is no power input or the board is

faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Gree

n

On The board works in active mode.

Off The board works in standby mode.

LOS Gree

n

On The STM-1 port does not receive

signals properly.

Off The STM-1 port receives signals

 properly.

 

9.8.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel

This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, and

GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different

software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one

2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.

Table 9-27 describes the ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.

Table 9-27 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel

Port Function Port

RX TX indicates the transmitting optical port and RX indicates the

receiving optical port.

LC port

TX

2M0 and

2M1

Output ports for the 2.048 MHz clock reference, used to export

the extracted line clock and take it as the reference clock for the system

SMB male

connector 

TESTO

UT

You can modify the register value to obtain different test clock 

signals. By default, the 2.048 MHz clock signals are generated

from this port and taken as the system test clock.

SMB male

connector 

 

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-42 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 181: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 181/310

9.8.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/ GOIUT(OIUa)

The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port

mode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, andreceiver sensitivity.

Table 9-28 lists the technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT.

Table 9-28 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT

Specification Value

Optical port mode Single mode Multimode

Optical port type LC/PC LC/PC

Central wavelength 1,310 nm 1,310 nm

Transmission rate 155.52 Mbit/s 155.52 Mbit/s

Transmission

distance

15 km 2 km

Maximum output

optical power 

-8 dBm -14 dBm

Minimum output

optical power 

-15 dBm -19 dBm

Maximum receiver 

sensitivity

-31 dBm -30 dBm

 

9.9 GOIUTThe GOIUT is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Ater interface. It can be installed in slots

16-17 in the GMPS/GEPS and in slots 14-17 in the GTCS. The GOIUT can be configured in

 pairs and work in active/standby mode.

9.9.1 Functions of the GOIUT

The GOIUT enables the STM-1 transmission on the Ater interface.

9.9.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

9.9.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four 

LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.

9.9.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel

This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, andGOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-43

Page 182: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 182/310

software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one

2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.

9.9.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)

The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port

mode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, andreceiver sensitivity.

9.9.1 Functions of the GOIUT

The GOIUT enables the STM-1 transmission on the Ater interface.

The GOIUT performs the following functions:

l Provides one STM-1 port, which is used for TDM transmission

l Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between

the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.

l Provides one channelized STM-1 port with the data rate of 155.52 Mbit/s

l Processes signals according to the SS7 MTP2 protocol

l Provides the OM links when the GTCS is configured on the MSC side

9.9.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

Figure 9-13 shows the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-44 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 183: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 183/310

Figure 9-13 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel

OIUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

RX

LOS

TX

     T     E     S     T     O     U     T

     2     M     0

     2     M     1

 

9.9.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four 

LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.

Table 9-29 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.

Table 9-29 LEDs on the board

LED Color

Status Meaning  

RUN Gree

n

On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-45

Page 184: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 184/310

LED Color

Status Meaning  

On There is power input but the board is

faulty.

Off There is no power input or the board is

faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Gree

n

On The board works in active mode.

Off The board works in standby mode.

LOS Gree

n

On The STM-1 port does not receive

signals properly.

Off The STM-1 port receives signals

 properly.

 

9.9.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel

This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, and

GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different

software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one

2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.

Table 9-30 describes the ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.

Table 9-30 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel

Port Function Port

RX TX indicates the transmitting optical port and RX indicates the

receiving optical port.

LC port

TX

2M0 and

2M1

Output ports for the 2.048 MHz clock reference, used to export

the extracted line clock and take it as the reference clock for the system

SMB male

connector 

TESTO

UT

You can modify the register value to obtain different test clock 

signals. By default, the 2.048 MHz clock signals are generated

from this port and taken as the system test clock.

SMB male

connector 

 

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-46 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 185: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 185/310

9.9.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/ GOIUT(OIUa)

The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port

mode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, andreceiver sensitivity.

Table 9-31 lists the technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT.

Table 9-31 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT

Specification Value

Optical port mode Single mode Multimode

Optical port type LC/PC LC/PC

Central wavelength 1,310 nm 1,310 nm

Transmission rate 155.52 Mbit/s 155.52 Mbit/s

Transmission

distance

15 km 2 km

Maximum output

optical power 

-8 dBm -14 dBm

Minimum output

optical power 

-15 dBm -19 dBm

Maximum receiver sensitivity -31 dBm -30 dBm

 

9.10 GOMU

This describes the GSM Operation and Maintenance Unit (GOMU). It serves as the server in

the BSC and works in active/standby mode. It can be installed in either slots 20-23 or slots 25

and 27 in the GMPS.

9.10.1 Functions of the GOMUAs the OM center of the BSC, the GOMU enables the communication between the LMT and

the other boards in the BSC. The GOMU features high computation speed and outstanding data

 processing capability.

9.10.2 GOMU Panel

The components on the GOMU panel are the LEDs and ports.

9.10.3 LEDs on the GOMU Panel

There are five LEDs on the GOMU panel: RUN, ALM, ACT, OFFLINE, and HD.

9.10.4 Ports on the GOMU Panel

The ports on the GOMU panel consist of four USB ports (labeled USB0-1 and USB2-3), three

GE ports (labeled ETH0, ETH1, and ETH2), one serial port COM-ALM/COM-BMC, and oneVGA port.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-47

Page 186: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 186/310

9.10.1 Functions of the GOMU

As the OM center of the BSC, the GOMU enables the communication between the LMT and

the other boards in the BSC. The GOMU features high computation speed and outstanding data

 processing capability.

The GOMU performs the following functions:

l Controls the communication between the LMT computer and the other boards in the BSC,

facilitates the data configuration, and collects and filters the performance and alarm data

l Processes the commands issued by the LMT computer/M2000, and then forwards the

commands to the other boards in the BSC for processing

l Filters the results from the other boards in the BSC, and then returns the results to the LMT

computer 

9.10.2 GOMU Panel

The components on the GOMU panel are the LEDs and ports.

Figure 9-14 shows the GOMU panel.

Figure 9-14 GOMU panel

1

2

3456

78

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

18

9

17

OMUb

(1) Screw (2) Wrench (3) Self-locking latch

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-48 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 187: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 187/310

(4) RUN LED (5) ALM LED (6) ACT LED

(7) Reset button (8) SHUTDOWN button (9) USB port

(10) ETH0 (Ethernet port) (11) ETH1 (Ethernet port) (12) ETH2 (Ethernet port)

(13) COM port (14) VGA port (15) HD LED

(16) OFFLINE LED (17) Hard disk (18) Screw for fixing the hard disk  

 

NOTE

l The self-locking latch on the panel is used to fasten the ejector lever of the board.

l The RESET button on the panel is used to reset the system.

l To power off the GOMU, you should first unfold the upper and lower handles. After the OFFLINE

LED is on, disconnect the power.

l A COM port is on the panel for conenction to alarm box.

l Do not perform any operation on the SHUTDOWN button on the GOMU panel; otherwise, theGOMU board may power off abnormally.

9.10.3 LEDs on the GOMU Panel

There are five LEDs on the GOMU panel: RUN, ALM, ACT, OFFLINE, and HD.

Table 9-32 describes the LEDs on the GOMU panel.

Table 9-32 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading

data.

On There is power input

 but the board is faulty.

Off There is no power input

or the board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in

active mode.

Off The board works in

standby mode.

OFFLINE Blue On The board can be

removed.

Off The board cannot be

removed.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-49

Page 188: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 188/310

LED Color Status Meaning  

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The status of the board

is switching.

HD Green Blinking The hard disk is performing read and

write functions.

Off The hard disk is not

 performing read and

write functions.

 

9.10.4 Ports on the GOMU Panel

The ports on the GOMU panel consist of four USB ports (labeled USB0-1 and USB2-3), three

GE ports (labeled ETH0, ETH1, and ETH2), one serial port COM-ALM/COM-BMC, and one

VGA port.

Table 9-33 describes the ports on the GOMU panel.

Table 9-33 Ports on the GOMU panel

Port Function Connector

USB0-1 and USB2-3 It is used to connect the USB

equipment.

-

ETH0 to ETH2 These are the GE ports. RJ45

COM-ALM/COM-BMC Serial port. They are used for 

system commissioning or 

general application.

DB-9

VGA port Video connector -

 

9.11 GSCU

The GSCU is the GSM Switching and Control Unit. It is installed in slots 6-7 in the GMPS/

GEPS/GTCS. The GSCU is configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.

9.11.1 Functions of the GSCU

The GSCU provides an OM and GE switching platform for the subrack where it is located.

9.11.2 GSCU Panel

The components on the GSCU panel are the LEDs and ports.

9.11.3 LEDs on the GSCU Panel

There are four types of LEDs on the GSCU panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT LEDs, and the

LEDs of the Ethernet ports.

9.11.4 Ports on the GSCU Panel

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-50 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 189: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 189/310

The GSCU panel provides fifteen ports, of which twelve ports are labeled 10/100/1000BASE-

T, one COM, one CLKIN, and one TESTOUT.

9.11.1 Functions of the GSCU

The GSCU provides an OM and GE switching platform for the subrack where it is located.

The GSCU performs the following functions:

l Maintains and manages the subrack where the GSCU is located

l Provides a GE switching platform for the boards located in the subrack 

l Provides clock information for the boards (excluding the GGCU, GXPUT, and GXPUM)

in the subrack 

9.11.2 GSCU Panel

The components on the GSCU panel are the LEDs and ports.

Figure 9-15 shows the GSCU panel.

Figure 9-15 GSCU panel

SCUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

RESET

     1     0     /     1     0     0     /     1     0     0     0     B     A     S     E   -     T

10

11

ACTLINK

ACTLINK

ACTLINK

     C     O     M

TESTOUT

     C     L     K     I     N

 

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-51

Page 190: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 190/310

9.11.3 LEDs on the GSCU Panel

There are four types of LEDs on the GSCU panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT LEDs, and the

LEDs of the Ethernet ports.

Table 9-34 describes the LEDs on the GSCU panel.

Table 9-34 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the

 board is faulty.

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in active

mode.

Off The board works in standby

mode.

 

Table 9-35 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GSCU panel.

Table 9-35 LEDs of the Ethernet ports

LED Color Status Meaning  

LINK Green On LEDs of the Ethernet ports,

indicating that the link is

connected

Off LEDs of the Ethernet ports,

indicating that the link is

disconnected

ACT Green Blinking LEDs of the Ethernet ports,

indicating that there is a data

flow

Off LEDs of the Ethernet ports,

indicating that there is no data

flow

 

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-52 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 191: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 191/310

9.11.4 Ports on the GSCU Panel

The GSCU panel provides fifteen ports, of which twelve ports are labeled 10/100/1000BASE-

T, one COM, one CLKIN, and one TESTOUT.

Table 9-36 describes the ports on the GSCU panel.

Table 9-36 Ports on the GSCU panel

Port Function Port

10/100/100

0BASE-T0

to

10/100/100

0BASE-T9

10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet ports, used to connect

subracks

RJ45

10/100/1000BASE-

T10 to

10/100/100

0BASE-

T11

10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet ports, used to connect to theGBAM (Only the main subrack is connected to the GBAM/

GOMU.)

RJ45

COM Debugging port RJ45

CLKIN Clock source port, used to receive the 8 kHz clock signals

from the GGCU panel

RJ45

TESTOUT Clock test signal port, used to generate clock signals SMB male

connector 

 

9.12 GTNU

The GTNU is the GSM TDM switching network unit in the BSC. It is installed in slots 4-5 in

the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GTNU is configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.

9.12.1 Functions of the GTNU

The GTNU serves as the switching center for the CS services of the entire system.

9.12.2 GTNU Panel

The components on the GTNU panel are the LEDs and ports.

9.12.3 LEDs on the GTNU Panel

There are three LEDs on the GTNU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

9.12.4 Ports on the GTNU Panel

The GTNU panel provides six ports labeled TDM0-TDM5,

9.12.1 Functions of the GTNU

The GTNU serves as the switching center for the CS services of the entire system.

The GTNU performs the following functions:

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-53

Page 192: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 192/310

l Provides 128Kx128K TDM switching

l Allocates TDM network resources, and sets up and releases network connections

9.12.2 GTNU Panel

The components on the GTNU panel are the LEDs and ports.

Figure 9-16 shows the GTNU panel.

Figure 9-16 GTNU panel

TNUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

     T     D     M     5

     T     D     M     4

     T     D     M     0

     T     D     M     1

     T     D     M     2

     T     D

     M     3

 

9.12.3 LEDs on the GTNU Panel

There are three LEDs on the GTNU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 9-37 describes the LEDs on the GTNU panel.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-54 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 193: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 193/310

Table 9-37 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the

 board is faulty.

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in activemode.

Off The board works in standby

mode.

 

9.12.4 Ports on the GTNU Panel

The GTNU panel provides six ports labeled TDM0-TDM5,

Table 9-38 describes the ports on the GTNU panel.

Table 9-38 Ports on the GTNU panel

Port Function Port

TDM0 to TDM5 TDM high-speed serial ports,

used for GTNU

interconnections between

subracks

DB14

 

NOTE

The BSC supports the inter-GTNU connections between the GMPS and the GEPS. It also supports the

inter-GTNU connections between GTCSs.

9.13 GXPUM

The GXPUM is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Main service in the BSC. It can be

installed in slots 0-1 in the GMPS/GEPS and work in active/standby mode.

9.13.1 Functions of the GXPUMThe GXPUM processes the primary services of the BSC.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-55

Page 194: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 194/310

9.13.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel

The components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.

9.13.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel

There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT

LEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.

9.13.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel

The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to

10/100/1000BASE-T3.

9.13.1 Functions of the GXPUM

The GXPUM processes the primary services of the BSC.

The GXPUM performs the following functions:

l Provides paging control

l Provides System Information management

l Provides channel assignment

l Provides BTS public service management

l Provides voice call control

l Provides packet service control

l Provides handover control

l Provides power control

l Interfaces with the Cell Broadcast Center (CBC) on behalf of the BSC

l Stores cell broadcast messages

l Schedules cell broadcast messages, which are transmitted on the Cell Broadcast Channels

(CBCHs)

l Processes signals according to the LAPD protocol

9.13.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel

The components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.

Figure 9-17 shows the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-56 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 195: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 195/310

Figure 9-17 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel

XPUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

     1     0     /     1     0     0     /     1     0     0     0     B     A     S     E   -     T

ACTLINK

0

1

2

3

 

9.13.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel

There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT

LEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.

Table 9-39 describes the LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.

Table 9-39 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the

 board is faulty.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-57

Page 196: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 196/310

LED Color Status Meaning  

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in active

mode.

Off The board works in standby

mode.

 

NOTE

The functions of the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI Ethernet ports are the same as those of the GSCU Ethernet

 ports.

9.13.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel

The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to

10/100/1000BASE-T3.

Table 9-40 describes the ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.

Table 9-40 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel

Port Function Port

10/100/1000BASE-T0 to

10/100/1000BASE-T3

Provides 10M/100M/1000M

Ethernet ports

RJ45

 

9.14 GXPUT

The GXPUT is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Transmission in the BSC and processes

signals according to the LAPD protocol and SS7 MTP3 protocol. When the number of TRXs to

 be supported by the GMPS/GEPS is greater than 256, the GXPUT can be installed in slots 2-3in the GMPS/GEPS and work in active/standby mode.

9.14.1 Functions of the GXPUT

The GXPUT processes the signals according to the Link Access Procedure on the D channel

(LAPD) protocol and the SS7 MTP3 protocol.

9.14.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel

The components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.

9.14.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel

There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT

LEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.

9.14.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-58 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 197: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 197/310

The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to

10/100/1000BASE-T3.

9.14.1 Functions of the GXPUT

The GXPUT processes the signals according to the Link Access Procedure on the D channel

(LAPD) protocol and the SS7 MTP3 protocol.

The GXPUT performs the following functions:

l Processes signals according to the LAPD protocol

l Processes signals according to the SS7 MTP3 protocol

9.14.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel

The components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.

Figure 9-18 shows the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.

Figure 9-18 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel

XPUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

     1     0     /     1     0     0     /     1     0     0     0     B     A     S     E   -     T

ACTLINK

0

1

2

3

 

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-59

Page 198: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 198/310

9.14.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel

There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT

LEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.

Table 9-41 describes the LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.

Table 9-41 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the

 board is faulty.

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in active

mode.

Off The board works in standby

mode.

 

NOTE

The functions of the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI Ethernet ports are the same as those of the GSCU Ethernet

 ports.

9.14.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel

The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to

10/100/1000BASE-T3.

Table 9-42 describes the ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.

Table 9-42 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel

Port Function Port

10/100/1000BASE-T0 to

10/100/1000BASE-T3

Provides 10M/100M/1000M

Ethernet ports

RJ45

 

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-60 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 199: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 199/310

9.15 GXPUI

The GXPUI is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Computation service in the BSC and

implements the IBCA algorithm. It can be configured in slots 2-3 in the GMPS/GEPS and does

not work in active/standby mode.

9.15.1 Functions of the GXPUI

The GXPUI performs the following functions: Implements the IBCA algorithm.

9.15.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel

The components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.

9.15.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel

There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT

LEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.

9.15.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel

The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to

10/100/1000BASE-T3.

9.15.1 Functions of the GXPUI

The GXPUI performs the following functions: Implements the IBCA algorithm.

The GXPUI performs the following functions:

l Implements the IBCA algorithm.

9.15.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) PanelThe components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.

Figure 9-19 shows the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-61

Page 200: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 200/310

Figure 9-19 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel

XPUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

     1     0     /     1     0     0     /     1     0     0     0     B     A     S     E   -     T

ACTLINK

0

1

2

3

 

9.15.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel

There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT

LEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.

Table 9-43 describes the LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.

Table 9-43 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the

 board is faulty.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-62 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 201: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 201/310

LED Color Status Meaning  

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in active

mode.

Off The board works in standby

mode.

 

NOTE

The functions of the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI Ethernet ports are the same as those of the GSCU Ethernet

 ports.

9.15.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel

The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to

10/100/1000BASE-T3.

Table 9-44 describes the ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.

Table 9-44 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel

Port Function Port

10/100/1000BASE-T0 to

10/100/1000BASE-T3

Provides 10M/100M/1000M

Ethernet ports

RJ45

 

9.16 GFGUA

The GFGUA is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the A interface. It can be

installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. If the BSC need not process packet services, the

GFGUA can be installed in slots 14-15. The GFGUA can work in active/standby mode and work independently.

9.16.1 Functions of the GFGUA

The GFGUA enables the FE/GE transmission on the A interface.

9.16.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel

The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded

with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the

same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

9.16.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel

The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loadedwith different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-63

Page 202: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 202/310

same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (for 

Ethernet port).

9.16.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel

The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded

with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame ports. Of the ten ports, six ports are labeled FE, two FE/GE, one 2M0, and one 2M1.

9.16.1 Functions of the GFGUA

The GFGUA enables the FE/GE transmission on the A interface.

The GFGUA performs the following functions:

l Provides IP routing

l Provides the routing-based backup and load sharing

l Provides eight FE ports or two GE ports logically, which are used for IP transmission

l Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the

 physical links of the active and standby boards.

l Supports virtual local area network (VLAN)

l Supports the bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) of a single hop link 

9.16.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel

The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded

with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the

same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

Figure 9-20 shows the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-64 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 203: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 203/310

Figure 9-20 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel

FG2a

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

     1     0     /     1     0     0     M

     1     0     /     1     0     0     M

     1     0     /     1     0     0     M

     1     0     /     1     0     0     /     1     0     0     0     M

     1     0     /     1     0     0     M

     1     0     /     1     0     0     M

     1     0     /     1     0     0     M

     1     0     /     1     0     0     /     1     0     0     0     M

     2     M     0

     2     M     1

 

9.16.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel

The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded

with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the

same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (for 

Ethernet port).

Table 9-45 describes the LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.

Table 9-45 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off 

for 0.125s

The board is loading data.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-65

Page 204: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 204/310

LED Color Status Meaning  

On There is power input but the board

is faulty.

Off There is no power input or the board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in active mode.

Off The board works in standby mode.

 

Table 9-46 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.

Table 9-46 LEDs of the Ethernet ports

LED Color Status Meaning  

LINK Green On The link is connected.

Off The link is disconnected.

ACT Orange Blinking Data is being transmitted through

the port.

Off No data is being transmitted

through the port.

 

9.16.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel

The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded

with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the

same ports. Of the ten ports, six ports are labeled FE, two FE/GE, one 2M0, and one 2M1.

Table 9-47 describes the ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.

Table 9-47 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel

Port Function Port

FE The 10/100 Ethernet

 ports are used to

transmit 10/100 Mbit/s

signals.

RJ45

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-66 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 205: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 205/310

Port Function Port

FE/GE The 10/100/1000

Ethernet ports are used

to transmit 10/100/1000

Mbit/s signals.

RJ45

2M0 Reserved -

2M1 Reserved -

 

NOTE

l The GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel provides eight Ethernet ports in two groups. The four Ethernet

 ports in each group are physically numbered 0 to 3. Logically, the eight Ethe rnet ports are numbered

0 to 7.l The eight Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel can logically provide eight FE ports

or two GE ports for IP transmission. The two ports labeled FE/GE can provide either GE transmission

or FE transmission. Note that the eight FE ports and the two GE ports of the same interface board

cannot be used simultaneously.

9.17 GFGUB

The GFGUB is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Abis interface. It can

 be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. If the BSC need not process packet services, the

GFGUB can be installed in slots 14-15. The GFGUB can work in active/standby mode and work 

independently.

9.17.1 Functions of the GFGUB

The GFGUB enables the FE/GE transmission on the Abis interface.

9.17.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel

The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded

with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the

same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

9.17.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel

The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded

with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (for 

Ethernet port).

9.17.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel

The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded

with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the

same ports. Of the ten ports, six ports are labeled FE, two FE/GE, one 2M0, and one 2M1.

9.17.1 Functions of the GFGUB

The GFGUB enables the FE/GE transmission on the Abis interface.

The GFGUB performs the following functions:

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-67

Page 206: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 206/310

l Provides IP routing

l Provides the routing-based backup and load sharing

l Provides eight FE ports or two GE ports logically, which are used for IP transmission

l

Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the physical links of the active and standby boards.

9.17.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel

The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded

with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the

same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

Figure 9-21 shows the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.

Figure 9-21 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel

FG2a

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

     1     0     /     1     0     0     M

     1     0     /     1     0     0     M

     1     0     /     1     0     0     M

     1     0     /     1     0     0     /     1     0     0     0     M

     1     0     /     1     0     0     M

     1     0     /     1     0     0     M

     1     0     /     1     0     0     M

     1     0     /     1     0     0     /     1     0     0     0     M

     2     M     0

     2     M     1

 

9.17.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel

The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loadedwith different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-68 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 207: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 207/310

same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (for 

Ethernet port).

Table 9-48 describes the LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.

Table 9-48 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off 

for 0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the board

is faulty.

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in active mode.

Off The board works in standby mode.

 

Table 9-49 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.

Table 9-49 LEDs of the Ethernet ports

LED Color Status Meaning  

LINK Green On The link is connected.

Off The link is disconnected.

ACT Orange Blinking Data is being transmitted through

the port.

Off No data is being transmittedthrough the port.

 

9.17.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel

The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded

with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the

same ports. Of the ten ports, six ports are labeled FE, two FE/GE, one 2M0, and one 2M1.

Table 9-50 describes the ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-69

Page 208: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 208/310

Table 9-50 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel

Port Function Port

FE The 10/100 Ethernet

 ports are used totransmit 10/100 Mbit/s

signals.

RJ45

FE/GE The 10/100/1000

Ethernet ports are used

to transmit 10/100/1000

Mbit/s signals.

RJ45

2M0 Reserved -

2M1 Reserved -

 

NOTE

l The GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel provides eight Ethernet ports in two groups. The four Ethernet

 ports in each group are physically numbered 0 to 3. Logically, the eight Ethernet ports are numbered

0 to 7.

l The eight Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel can logically provide eight FE ports

or two GE ports for IP transmission. The two ports labeled FE/GE can provide either GE transmission

or FE transmission. Note that the eight FE ports and the two GE ports of the same interface board

cannot be used simultaneously.

9.18 GFGUGThe GFGUG is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Gb interface. It can be

installed in slots 14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GFGUG can work in active/standby mode and

work independently.

9.18.1 Functions of the GFGUG

The GFGUG enables the FE/GE transmission on the Gb interface.

9.18.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel

The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded

with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

9.18.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel

The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded

with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the

same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (for 

Ethernet port).

9.18.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel

The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded

with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the

same ports. Of the ten ports, six ports are labeled FE, two FE/GE, one 2M0, and one 2M1.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-70 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 209: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 209/310

Page 210: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 210/310

 

9.18.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel

The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded

with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the

same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (for 

Ethernet port).

Table 9-51 describes the LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.

Table 9-51 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 0.125s The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the board

is faulty.

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in active mode.

Off The board works in standby mode.

 

Table 9-52 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.

Table 9-52 LEDs of the Ethernet ports

LED Color Status Meaning  

LINK Green On The link is connected.

Off The link is disconnected.

ACT Orange Blinking Data is being transmitted through

the port.

Off No data is being transmitted

through the port.

 

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-72 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 211: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 211/310

9.18.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel

The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded

with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the

same ports. Of the ten ports, six ports are labeled FE, two FE/GE, one 2M0, and one 2M1.

Table 9-53 describes the ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.

Table 9-53 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel

Port Function Port

FE The 10/100 Ethernet

 ports are used to

transmit 10/100 Mbit/s

signals.

RJ45

FE/GE The 10/100/1000

Ethernet ports are used

to transmit 10/100/1000

Mbit/s signals.

RJ45

2M0 Reserved -

2M1 Reserved -

 

NOTE

l The GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel provides eight Ethernet ports in two groups. The four Ethernet

 ports in each group are physically numbered 0 to 3. Logically, the eight Ethernet ports are numbered

0 to 7.

l The eight Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel can logically provide eight FE ports

or two GE ports for IP transmission. The two ports labeled FE/GE can provide either GE transmission

or FE transmission. Note that the eight FE ports and the two GE ports of the same interface board

cannot be used simultaneously.

9.19 GOGUA

The GOGUA is the GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for the A interface. It can be installed inslots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. When the BSC need not process packet services, the GOGUA

can also be installed in slots 14-15. The GOGUA can work in active/standby mode and work 

independently.

9.19.1 Functions of the GOGUA

The GOGUA enables the GE transmission on the A interface.

9.19.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same

appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

9.19.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-73

Page 212: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 212/310

The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of 

LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

9.19.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Of 

the four ports, two ports are labeled RX/TX, one 2MO, and one 2M1.

9.19.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)

The technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB consist of the optical port mode, optical

 port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, and receiver 

sensitivity.

9.19.1 Functions of the GOGUA

The GOGUA enables the GE transmission on the A interface.

The GOGUA performs the following functions:

l Provides two GE optical ports, which are used for IP transmission

l Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between

the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.

l Supports virtual local area network (VLAN)

l Supports the bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) of a single hop link 

9.19.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same

appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

Figure 9-23 shows the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-74 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 213: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 213/310

Figure 9-23 GOGUA/GOGUB panel

GOUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

RXTX

RXTX

     2     M     0

     2     M     1

 

9.19.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of 

LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 9-54 describes the LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.

Table 9-54 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the

 board is faulty.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-75

Page 214: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 214/310

LED Color Status Meaning  

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in active mode.

Off The board works in standby

mode.

 

9.19.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Of 

the four ports, two ports are labeled RX/TX, one 2MO, and one 2M1.

Table 9-55 describes the ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.

Table 9-55 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel

Port Function Port

RX Optical ports, used to

receive and transmit opticalsignals. TX indicates the

transmitting optical port and

RX indicates the receiving

optical port.

LC/PC

TX

2M0 Reserved. -

2M1 Reserved. -

 

9.19.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)

The technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB consist of the optical port mode, optical

 port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, and receiver 

sensitivity.

Table 9-56 lists the technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB.

Table 9-56 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB

Specification Value

Optical port mode Single mode Multimode

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-76 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 215: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 215/310

Specification Value

Optical port type LC/PC LC/PC

Central wavelength 1,310 nm 850 nm

Transmission rate 1.25 Gbit/s 2.125 Gbit/s

Transmission

distance

10 km 0.5 km

Maximum output

optical power 

-3 dBm -2.5 dBm

Minimum output

optical power 

-9.5 dBm -9.5 dBm

Maximum receiver 

sensitivity

-20 dBm -17 dBm

 

9.20 GOGUBThe GOGUB is the GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installed

in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. When the BSC need not process packet services, the GOGUB

can also be installed in slots 14-15. The GOGUB can work in active/standby mode and work 

independently.

9.20.1 Functions of the GOGUBThe GOGUB enables the GE transmission on the Abis interface.

9.20.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same

appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

9.20.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of 

LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

9.20.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Of 

the four ports, two ports are labeled RX/TX, one 2MO, and one 2M1.

9.20.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)

The technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB consist of the optical port mode, optical

 port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, and receiver 

sensitivity.

9.20.1 Functions of the GOGUB

The GOGUB enables the GE transmission on the Abis interface.

The GOGUB performs the following functions:

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-77

Page 216: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 216/310

l Provides two GE optical ports, which are used for IP transmission

l Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between

the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.

9.20.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same

appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

Figure 9-24 shows the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.

Figure 9-24 GOGUA/GOGUB panel

GOUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

RXTX

RXTX

     2     M     0

     2     M     1

 

9.20.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of 

LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 9-57 describes the LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-78 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 217: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 217/310

Table 9-57 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the

 board is faulty.

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in active mode.

Off The board works in standby

mode.

 

9.20.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Of 

the four ports, two ports are labeled RX/TX, one 2MO, and one 2M1.

Table 9-58 describes the ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.

Table 9-58 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel

Port Function Port

RX Optical ports, used to

receive and transmit optical

signals. TX indicates the

transmitting optical port and

RX indicates the receiving

optical port.

LC/PC

TX

2M0 Reserved. -

2M1 Reserved. -

 

9.20.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)

The technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB consist of the optical port mode, optical

 port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, and receiver sensitivity.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-79

Page 218: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 218/310

Table 9-59 lists the technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB.

Table 9-59 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB

Specification Value

Optical port mode Single mode Multimode

Optical port type LC/PC LC/PC

Central wavelength 1,310 nm 850 nm

Transmission rate 1.25 Gbit/s 2.125 Gbit/s

Transmission

distance

10 km 0.5 km

Maximum output

optical power 

-3 dBm -2.5 dBm

Minimum output

optical power 

-9.5 dBm -9.5 dBm

Maximum receiver 

sensitivity

-20 dBm -17 dBm

 

9.21 GEHUB

The GEHUB is the GSM E1/T1 High level Data Link Control Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. When the BSC need not process packet services,

the GEHUB can also be installed in slots 14-15. The GEHUB can work in active/standby mode

and work independently.

9.21.1 Functions of the GEHUB

The GEHUB enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Abis interface.

9.21.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same

appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

9.21.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of 

LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

9.21.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Of 

the six ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, and one 2M1.

9.21.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)

The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the same types of DIPswitches: S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-80 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 219: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 219/310

9.21.1 Functions of the GEHUB

The GEHUB enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Abis interface.

The GEHUB performs the following functions:

l Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports, which are used for HDLC/Hub BTS transmission

l Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the

 physical links of the active and standby boards.

l Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals, and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The

E1 transmission rate is 2.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.)

9.21.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same

appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

Figure 9-25 shows the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.

Figure 9-25 GEHUB/GEPUG panel

PEUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

     E     1     /     T     1     (     8   ~     1     5     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     2     4   ~

     3     1     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     1     6   ~     2     3     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     0   ~     7     )

     2     M     0

     2     M     1

 

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-81

Page 220: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 220/310

9.21.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of 

LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.Table 9-60 describes the LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.

Table 9-60 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the

 board is faulty.

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in active mode.

Off The board works in standby

mode.

 

9.21.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Of 

the six ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, and one 2M1.

Table 9-61 describes the ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.

Table 9-61 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel

Port Function Port

E1/T1 (0-7) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and

receive the E1/T1 signals on routes

0-7

DB44

E1/T1 (8-15) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and

receive the E1/T1 signals on routes

8-15

DB44

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-82 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 221: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 221/310

Port Function Port

E1/T1 (16-23) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and

receive the E1/T1 signals on routes

16-23

DB44

E1/T1 (24-31) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and

receive the E1/T1 signals on routes

24-31

DB44

2M0 One of the two clock signal output

 ports, used to extract the 2 MHz line

clock signals from the upper-level

devices, send them to the GGCU, and

take them as the system clock source.

SMB male connector 

2M1 One of the two clock signal output

 ports, used to extract the 2 MHz lineclock signals from the upper-level

devices, send them to the GGCU, and

take them as the system clock source.

SMB male connector 

 

9.21.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)

The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the same types of DIP

switches: S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.

Figure 9-26 shows the DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-83

Page 222: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 222/310

Figure 9-26 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG

S10

1

2

ON

OFF

S4

S21 8

8 1

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

S6

S81 8

8 1

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate

 

NOTE

l All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board, and cannot be directly observed

since the sub-board is engaged to the bottom plate with its front side facing the bottom plate.

l The DIP switches, S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10, are set from the side. As shown in Figure 9-26, a square

opening is configured respectively between the S2 and the S4, and between the S8 and the S6 for the

operator to operate these switches. Switch S10 is locates at the right lower corner of the sub-board,

therefore it can be operated from the edge of the sub-board.

The DIP switches, S2, S4, S6, and S8, are used to set the protection grounding of the transmittingends of E1/T1 links 0 to 31, and S10 is used to set the E1 balanced mode, E1 unbalanced mode,

or T1 working mode. Table 9-62 and Table 9-63 describe S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.

Table 9-62 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)

DIPSwitch

DIP Bit Description Switch Status Meaning  

S2 1-8 Used to set the protection

grounding of the transmitting

end of E1/T1 links 24-31

ON 0

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-84 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 223: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 223/310

DIPSwitch

DIP Bit Description Switch Status Meaning  

S4 1-8 Used to set the protection

grounding of the transmitting

end of E1/T1 links 16-23

ON 0

S6 1-8 Used to set the protection

grounding of the transmitting

end of E1/T1 links 0-7

ON 0

S8 1-8 Used to set the protection

grounding of the transmitting

end of E1/T1 links 8-15

ON 0

S10 1-2 Work mode switch,

consisting of two DIP bits.

E1 unbalanced

mode (ON, ON)

(0, 0)

 

Table 9-63 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)

DIPSwitch

DIP Bit Description Switch Status Meaning  

S2 1-8 Used to set the protection

grounding of the transmitting

end of E1/T1 links 24-31

OFF 1

S4 1-8 Used to set the protection

grounding of the transmitting

end of E1/T1 links 16-23

OFF 1

S6 1-8 Used to set the protection

grounding of the transmitting

end of E1/T1 links 0-7

OFF 1

S8 1-8 Used to set the protection

grounding of the transmitting

end of E1/T1 links 8-15

OFF 1

S10 1-2 Work mode switch,

consisting of two DIP bits.

E1 balanced mode

(OFF, ON)

(1, 0)

T1 mode (ON,

OFF)

(0, 1)

 

NOTE

l When the signals are transmitted through a 75-ohm coaxial cable in E1 unbalanced mode, set the DIP

switch to ON and ground the TX end. When the signals are transmitted through a 120-ohm twisted pair 

cable in E1 balanced mode or T1 mode, set the DIP switch to OFF and do not ground the TX end.

l By default, all the DIP switches are set for the transmission in E1 balanced mode. That is, all bits of 

S2, S4, S6, and S8 are set to OFF. Bit 1 of S10 is set to OFF and bit 2 of S10 is set to ON.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-85

Page 224: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 224/310

9.22 GEPUG

The GEPUG is the GSM E1/T1 Packet Unit for the Gb interface. It can be installed in slots 14-15

in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEPUG can work in active/standby mode and work independently.

9.22.1 Functions of the GEPUG

The GEPUG enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Gb interface.

9.22.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same

appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

9.22.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

9.22.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Of 

the six ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, and one 2M1.

9.22.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)

The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the same types of DIP

switches: S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.

9.22.1 Functions of the GEPUG

The GEPUG enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Gb interface.

The GEPUG performs the following functions:

l Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports, which are used for FR transmission

l Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the

 physical links of the active and standby boards.

l Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals, and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The

E1 transmission rate is 2.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.)

9.22.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same

appearance and the same LEDs and ports.

Figure 9-27 shows the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-86 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 225: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 225/310

Figure 9-27 GEHUB/GEPUG panel

PEUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

     E     1     /     T

     1     (     8   ~     1     5     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     2     4   ~     3     1     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     1     6   ~     2     3     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     0   ~     7     )

     2     M     0

     2     M     1

 

9.22.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of 

LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 9-64 describes the LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.

Table 9-64 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the

 board is faulty.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-87

Page 226: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 226/310

LED Color Status Meaning  

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in active mode.

Off The board works in standby

mode.

 

9.22.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Of 

the six ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, and one 2M1.

Table 9-65 describes the ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.

Table 9-65 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel

Port Function Port

E1/T1 (0-7) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and

receive the E1/T1 signals on routes

0-7

DB44

E1/T1 (8-15) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and

receive the E1/T1 signals on routes

8-15

DB44

E1/T1 (16-23) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and

receive the E1/T1 signals on routes

16-23

DB44

E1/T1 (24-31) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and

receive the E1/T1 signals on routes

24-31

DB44

2M0 One of the two clock signal output

 ports, used to extract the 2 MHz line

clock signals from the upper-level

devices, send them to the GGCU, and

take them as the system clock source.

SMB male connector 

2M1 One of the two clock signal output

 ports, used to extract the 2 MHz line

clock signals from the upper-level

devices, send them to the GGCU, and

take them as the system clock source.

SMB male connector 

 

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-88 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 227: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 227/310

9.22.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)

The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the same types of DIP

switches: S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.

Figure 9-28 shows the DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG.

Figure 9-28 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG

S10

1

2

ON

OFF

S4

S21 8

8 1

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

S6

S81 8

8 1

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate

 

NOTE

l All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board, and cannot be directly observed

since the sub-board is engaged to the bottom plate with its front side facing the bottom plate.

l The DIP switches, S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10, are set from the side. As shown in Figure 9-28, a square

opening is configured respectively between the S2 and the S4, and between the S8 and the S6 for the

operator to operate these switches. Switch S10 is locates at the right lower corner of the sub-board,

therefore it can be operated from the edge of the sub-board.

The DIP switches, S2, S4, S6, and S8, are used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting

ends of E1/T1 links 0 to 31, and S10 is used to set the E1 balanced mode, E1 unbalanced mode,

or T1 working mode. Table 9-66 and Table 9-67 describe S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-89

Page 228: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 228/310

Table 9-66 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)

DIPSwitch

DIP Bit Description Switch Status Meaning  

S2 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmitting

end of E1/T1 links 24-31

ON 0

S4 1-8 Used to set the protection

grounding of the transmitting

end of E1/T1 links 16-23

ON 0

S6 1-8 Used to set the protection

grounding of the transmitting

end of E1/T1 links 0-7

ON 0

S8 1-8 Used to set the protection

grounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 8-15

ON 0

S10 1-2 Work mode switch,

consisting of two DIP bits.

E1 unbalanced

mode (ON, ON)

(0, 0)

 

Table 9-67 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)

DIPSwitch

DIP Bit Description Switch Status Meaning  

S2 1-8 Used to set the protection

grounding of the transmitting

end of E1/T1 links 24-31

OFF 1

S4 1-8 Used to set the protection

grounding of the transmitting

end of E1/T1 links 16-23

OFF 1

S6 1-8 Used to set the protection

grounding of the transmitting

end of E1/T1 links 0-7

OFF 1

S8 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmitting

end of E1/T1 links 8-15

OFF 1

S10 1-2 Work mode switch,

consisting of two DIP bits.

E1 balanced mode

(OFF, ON)

(1, 0)

T1 mode (ON,

OFF)

(0, 1)

 

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-90 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 229: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 229/310

NOTE

l When the signals are transmitted through a 75-ohm coaxial cable in E1 unbalanced mode, set the DIP

switch to ON and ground the TX end. When the signals are transmitted through a 120-ohm twisted pair 

cable in E1 balanced mode or T1 mode, set the DIP switch to OFF and do not ground the TX end.

l By default, all the DIP switches are set for the transmission in E1 balanced mode. That is, all bits of S2, S4, S6, and S8 are set to OFF. Bit 1 of S10 is set to OFF and bit 2 of S10 is set to ON.

9.23 GDPUC

The GDPUC is the CS service processing unit in the BSC. When E1/T1 interface boards are

installed in the GTCS, the GDPUC can be installed in slots 9 to 13. When STM-1 interface

 boards are installed in the GTCS, the GDPUC can be installed in slots 1 to 3 and slots 8 to 13.

9.23.1 Functions of the GDPUC(DPUa)

The GDPUC processes voice services and data services.

9.23.2 GDPUC(DPUa) Panel

The components on the GDPUC panel are the LEDs.

9.23.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) Panel

The LEDs on the GDPUC panel are labeled RUN, ALM, and ACT respectively.

9.23.1 Functions of the GDPUC(DPUa)

The GDPUC processes voice services and data services.

The GDPUC performs the following functions:

l Encodes and decodes voice signals

l Provides data service rate adaptation

l Provides Tandem Free Operation (TFO) functions

When the calling and called MSs use one voice coding scheme, the voice signals are

encoded only once at the originating MS and decoded only once at the terminating MS.

This reduces repeated encoding and decoding and improves the quality of speech services.

l Provides voice enhancement function

l Detects voice faults automatically

9.23.2 GDPUC(DPUa) Panel

The components on the GDPUC panel are the LEDs.

Figure 9-29 shows the GDPUC panel.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-91

Page 230: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 230/310

Figure 9-29 GDPUC panel

DPUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

 

9.23.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) Panel

The LEDs on the GDPUC panel are labeled RUN, ALM, and ACT respectively.

Table 9-68 describes the LEDs on the GDPUC panel.

Table 9-68 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off 

for 0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the board is

faulty.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-92 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 231: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 231/310

LED Color Status Meaning  

Off There is no power input or the board

is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works properly.

Off There is no power input or the board

is faulty.

 

9.24 GDPUX

The GDPUX is the GSM Data Processing Unit for eXtensible services. It can be installed in

slots 8-11 in the GMPS; slots 0-3, 8-13, and 14-27 in the GEPS; and slots 0-3, 8-13 in the GTCS.

9.24.1 Functions of the GDPUX(DPUc)

The GDPUX processes voice services and data services.

9.24.2 GDPUX(DPUc) Panel

The components on the GDPUX panel are the LEDs.

9.24.3 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) Panel

The LEDs on the GDPUX panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.

9.24.1 Functions of the GDPUX(DPUc)

The GDPUX processes voice services and data services.

The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. It performs the following functions:

l Provides format conversion for 3740 IP speech paths and HDLC optimized speech paths

as well as data forwarding

The GDPUX in the GMPS/GEPS performs the function mentioned above in any of the

following configuration modes: BM/TC combined, A over IP and Abis over IP, or A over 

IP and Abis over HDLC.

l Encodes and decodes the signals transmitted over a maximum of 960 speech paths

The GDPUX in the GMPS/GEPS performs the function mentioned above in any of the

following configuration modes: BM/TC combined, or A over IP and Abis over TDM. The

GDPUX in the GTCS performs the function mentioned above in the BM/TC separated

configuration mode.

l Provides Tandem Free Operation (TFO) function

When the calling and called MSs use one voice coding scheme, the voice signals are

encoded only once at the originating MS and decoded only once at the terminating MS.

This reduces repeated encoding and decoding and improves the quality of speech services.

l Provides voice enhancement function

l Detects voice faults automatically

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-93

Page 232: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 232/310

9.24.2 GDPUX(DPUc) Panel

The components on the GDPUX panel are the LEDs.

Figure 9-30 shows the GDPUX panel.

Figure 9-30 GDPUX panel

DPUc

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

 

9.24.3 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) Panel

The LEDs on the GDPUX panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 9-69 describes the LEDs on the GDPUX panel.

Table 9-69 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-94 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 233: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 233/310

LED Color Status Meaning  

On for 0.125s and off 

for 0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the board is faulty.

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works properly.

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

 

9.25 GDPUP

The GDPUP is the GSM Data Processing Unit for PS services. It can be installed in slots 8-13

in the GMPS/GEPS.

9.25.1 Functions of the GDPUP(DPUd)

The GDPUP processes the packet services for the BSC.

9.25.2 GDPUP(DPUd) Panel

The GDPUP board has only LEDs on its panel.

9.25.3 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) Panel

The LEDs on the GDPUP panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.

9.25.1 Functions of the GDPUP(DPUd)

The GDPUP processes the packet services for the BSC.

The GDPUP performs the following functions:

l

Processes the packet services on up to 1,024 simultaneously active PDCHs where signalsare coded in MCS9

l Processes packet links

l Detects packet faults automatically

9.25.2 GDPUP(DPUd) Panel

The GDPUP board has only LEDs on its panel.

Figure 9-31 shows the GDPUP panel.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-95

Page 234: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 234/310

Figure 9-31 GDPUP panel

DPUd

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

 

9.25.3 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) Panel

The LEDs on the GDPUP panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 9-70 describes the LEDs on the GDPUP panel.

Table 9-70 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for  

1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and

off for 0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the board

is faulty.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-96 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 235: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 235/310

LED Color Status Meaning  

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works properly.

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

 

9.26 MDMC

The MDMC is the power monitoring communication board for the BSC common power 

distribution box. It is configured in the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR/GBSR.

Each power distribution box should be configured with one MDMC.

9.26.1 Functions of the MDMC

The MDMC is used to monitor the BSC power distribution box.

9.26.2 MDMC Panel

The components on the MDMC are the LEDs and mute switch.

9.26.3 LEDs on the MDMC Panel

There are two LEDs on the MDMC panel: RUN and ALM.9.26.4 DIP Switch on the MDMC

There is a DIP switch labeled S2 on the MDMC.

9.26.1 Functions of the MDMC

The MDMC is used to monitor the BSC power distribution box.

The MDMC performs the following functions:

l Detects two -48 V inputs

l Detects signals from one external temperature sensor 

l Detects signals from one external humidity sensor 

l Detects signals from two lightning protection devices

l Detects the status of six power output switches

l Generates and reports audible and visual alarms

l Communicates with the GSCU, reports the status of the power distribution box, and

exchanges the OM information with the GSCU

9.26.2 MDMC Panel

The components on the MDMC are the LEDs and mute switch.

Figure 9-32 shows the MDMC panel.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-97

Page 236: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 236/310

Figure 9-32 MDMC panel

RUN

ALM

ON

OFF

1

(1) Mute switch

 

NOTE

The mute switch is used to control the audible alarm of the power distribution box.

l If you set the switch to ON, the power distribution box generates an audible alarm when it detects a

fault.

l If you set the switch to OFF, the power distribution box does not generate an audible alarm when it

detects a fault.

9.26.3 LEDs on the MDMC Panel

There are two LEDs on the MDMC panel: RUN and ALM.

Table 9-71 describes the LEDs on the MDMC panel.

Table 9-71 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working and

communicating with the GSCU.

On for 0.25s and off 

for 0.25s

The board cannot communicate with the

GSCU, or the board is not working.

Off There is no power supply or the power  

distribution box is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On There is an alarm. When the board is

starting up, the status indicates that the

ALM indicator functions well.

 

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-98 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 237: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 237/310

9.26.4 DIP Switch on the MDMC

There is a DIP switch labeled S2 on the MDMC.

Figure 9-33 shows the DIP switch on the MDMC.

Figure 9-33 DIP switch on the MDMC

S2

1 4ON

OFF

 

S2 is used to set the address of the MDMC.

To set the address of the MDMC, pull out the MDMC, and then set S2 by referring to Table

9-72.

Table 9-72 Setting of S2

Address DIP Bit Switch Status Meaning  

0 1 (the most significant

 bit)

ON 0

2 ON 0

3 ON 0

4 (the least significant

 bit)

ON 0

 

NOTE

In the BSC, the DIP switch on the MDMC must be set according to the specifications listed in Table

9-72.

9.27 PAMU

The PAMU is the power monitoring communication board for the BSC high-power distribution

 box. It is configured in the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR/GBSR. Each power 

distribution box should be configured with one PAMU.

9.27.1 Functions of the PAMU

The PAMU is used to monitor the BSC power distribution box.

9.27.2 PAMU Panel

The components on the PAMU are the LEDs and mute switch.

9.27.3 LEDs on the PAMU Panel

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-99

Page 238: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 238/310

There are two LEDs on the PAMU panel: RUN and ALM.

9.27.4 DIP Switch on the PAMU

There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PAMU.

9.27.1 Functions of the PAMUThe PAMU is used to monitor the BSC power distribution box.

The PAMU performs the following functions:

l Detects the voltage of six -48 V power inputs and generates alarms (only four inputs are

used by the BSC)

l Detects the status of the power switches for 20 power outputs and reports alarms

l Enables the switchover when faults occur in the serial port communication, and

communicates with the GSCU

l Provides two RS485 and two RS232 asynchronous serial ports

9.27.2 PAMU Panel

The components on the PAMU are the LEDs and mute switch.

Figure 9-34 shows the PAMU panel.

Figure 9-34 PAMU panel

RUN

ALM

MUTE 3

2

1

(1) RUN LED (2) ALM LED (3) Mute switch

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-100 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 239: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 239/310

 

NOTE

The mute switch determines whether to turn off the alarm sound of the power distribution box.

l If you set the switch to ON, the power distribution box generates an audible alarm when it detects a

fault.

l If you set the switch to OFF, the power distribution box does not generate an audible alarm when it

detects a fault.

9.27.3 LEDs on the PAMU Panel

There are two LEDs on the PAMU panel: RUN and ALM.

Table 9-73 describes the LEDs on the PAMU panel.

Table 9-73 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working and

communicating with the GSCU.

On for 0.25s and off 

for 0.25s

The board cannot communicate with the

GSCU, or the board is not working.

Off There is no power supply or the power  

distribution box is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On There is an alarm. When the board isstarting up, the status indicates that the

ALM indicator functions well.

 

9.27.4 DIP Switch on the PAMU

There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PAMU.

Figure 9-35 shows the DIP switch on the PAMU.

Figure 9-35 DIP switch on the PAMU

SW1

1 4ON

OFF

 

SW1 (with four bits) is used to set the address of the PAMU.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-101

Page 240: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 240/310

To set the address of the PAMU, pull out the PAMU, and then set SW1 by referring to Table

9-74.

Table 9-74 Settings of SW1

Address DIP Bit Switch Status Meaning  

0 1 (the most significant

 bit)

ON 0

2 ON 0

3 ON 0

4 (the least significant

 bit)

ON 0

 

NOTE

In the BSC, the DIP switch on the PAMU must be set according to the specifications listed in Table

9-74.

9.28 PFCU

The PFCU is the fan control unit. It is installed in the front of a fan box. Each fan box must be

configured with one PFCU.

9.28.1 Functions of the PFCUThe PFCU is used to monitor the fan box.

9.28.2 DIP Switch on the PFCU

There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PFCU.

9.28.1 Functions of the PFCU

The PFCU is used to monitor the fan box.

The PFCU performs the following functions:

l Monitors the operating status of the fans and indicates the current status of the fan box

through the LEDs

l Communicates with the GSCU and reports the working status of the fan box

l Detects the temperature of the fan box and collects temperature data through a temperature

sensor 

l Provides Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) control signals for fan speed adjustment

l Reports the operating status and alarms of the fan box through the LEDs

9.28.2 DIP Switch on the PFCU

There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PFCU.

Figure 9-36 shows the DIP switch on the PFCU.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-102 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 241: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 241/310

Figure 9-36 DIP switch on the PFCU

1 4

ONOFF

SW1

 

SW1 (with four bits) is used to set the address of the PFCU.

To set the address of the PFCU, pull out the fan box, and then set SW1 by referring to Table

9-75.

For how to pull out the fan box, refer to Replacing the BSC Fan Box. After the setting, the

address of the PFCU is 1.

Table 9-75 Settings of S1

Address DIP Bit Switch Status Meaning  

SW1 1 (the least significant

 bit)

OFF 1

2 ON 0

3 ON 0

4 (the most significant

 bit)

ON 0

 

NOTE

In the BSC, the DIP switch on the PFCU must be set according to the specifications listed in Table 9-75.

9.29 PFCB

The PFCB is the fan control board. It is installed in the front of a fan box. Each fan box must be

configured with one PFCB.

9.29.1 Functions of the PFCB

The PFCB is used to monitor the fan box.

9.29.2 Jumper Pins on the PFCB

The PFCB provides eight pairs of pins for jumpers. After being connected to jumpers, these pins

are used to set the address and working mode of the PFCB .

9.29.1 Functions of the PFCB

The PFCB is used to monitor the fan box.

The PFCB performs the following functions:

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-103

Page 242: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 242/310

l Monitors the operating status of the fans and indicates the current status of the fan box

through the LEDs

l Reports the operating status of the fan box and receives the instructions on adjusting the

fan speed

l Adjusts the fan speed intelligently according to the temperature data collected by thetemperature sensor 

l Provides Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) control signals for fan speed adjustment

l Reports the operating status and alarms of the fan box through the LEDs

9.29.2 Jumper Pins on the PFCB

The PFCB provides eight pairs of pins for jumpers. After being connected to jumpers, these pins

are used to set the address and working mode of the PFCB .

Figure 9-37 shows the jumper pins on the PFCB .

Figure 9-37 Jumper pins on the PFCB

 J        2        

     1     2

     1     5

     1     6

 J         3        

 

To set the address, pull out the fan box. Then, set the jumper pins as described in Table 9-76.

For how to pull out the fan box, refer to Replacing the BSC Fan Box. After the setting, the

address of the PFCB is 1.

Table 9-76 Setting of the pins

PIN NO. 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16

Whether

the jumper

is inserted

 N N N N Y N N N

 

NOTE

In the BSC, the pins on the PFCB must be set according to the specifications listed in Table 9-76.

9 BSC Boards

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

9-104 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 243: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 243/310

9.30 WOPB

The WOPB is the overvoltage protection board in the BSC. It is placed in the power distribution

 box. Each Common power distribution box should be configured with one WOPB.

9.30.1 Functions of the WOPB

This describes the functions of the WOPB. The WOPB provides overvoltage protection for the

BSC.

9.30.1 Functions of the WOPB

This describes the functions of the WOPB. The WOPB provides overvoltage protection for the

BSC.

The WOPB performs the following functions:

l Suppresses differential-mode surge voltage

l Suppresses common-mode surge voltage

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-105

Page 244: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 244/310

Page 245: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 245/310

10 BSC Cables

About This Chapter

This describes the cables of the BSC.

NOTE

For details on how to install the BSC cables, refer to Installing the BSC Signal Cables and Installing the

Power Cables and PGND Cables of the BSC.

Table 10-1 lists the cables used by the BSC.

Table 10-1 List of BSC cables

Type Cable Name

Power cables and PGND

cables

Power cables and PGND cables for the cabinet

Power cables and PGND cables for the subrack 

Other PGND cables

E1/T1 cable Active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable

Active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable

Service interconnection

cable

Inter-GTNU cable

Optical cable LC/PC-LC/PC-single-mode/multi-mode optical cable

LC/PC-FC/PC-single-mode/multi-mode optical cable

LC/PC-SC/PC-single-mode/multi-mode optical cable

Ethernet cable Straight-through Ethernet cable

Crossover cable

Clock cables BITS clock signal cable

Y-shaped clock cable

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-1

Page 246: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 246/310

Type Cable Name

Other signal cables Signal cable

of the alarm box

PDB monitoring signal cable

RS485 communication cable

GOMU serial port cable

 

10.1 Active/Standby 75-Ohm Coaxial Cable

The active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable is a type of E1/T1 cables. The number of active/standby

75-ohm coaxial cables to be configured depends on site requirements. It transmits E1 signals. It

is used to connect the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG to the DDF or other 

 NEs.

10.2 Active/Standby 120-Ohm Twisted Pair Cable

The active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable is a type of E1/T1 cable. The number of active/

standby 120-ohm twisted pair cables to be configured depends on site requirements. It transmits

E1/T1 signals. It is used to connect the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG to the

DDF or other NEs.

10.3 Inter-GT NU Cable

The inter-GTNU cable is an optional signal cable. The number of inter-GTNU cables to be

configured de pends on site requirements. The inter-GTNU cable is used to connect the GTNUs

in different subracks.

10.4 LC/PC-LC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical CableThe LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. The

number of LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends on

actual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/

GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. It can also be used to connect two GOIUTs. It

transmits optical signals.

10.5 LC/PC-FC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable

The LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. The

number of LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends on

actual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/

GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. It transmits optical signals.

10.6 LC/PC-SC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable

The LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. The

number of LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends on

actual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/

GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. It transmits optical signals.

10.7 Crossover Cable

The crossover cable is an optional Ethernet cable. The number of crossover cables to be

configured depends on site requirements.

10.8 Straight-Through Cable

The straight-through cable is a mandatory Ethernet cable for the BSC. The number of straight-

through cables to be configured depends on actual requirements.

10 BSC Cables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

10-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 247: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 247/310

10.9 BITS Clock Signal Cable

The BITS clock signal cable is an optional clock cable. The number of BITS clock cables to be

configured depends on actual requirements. This cable is used to transmit BITS clock signals to

the GGCU in the GMPS. Based on the impedance, the BITS clock signal cable is classified into

75-ohm coaxial clock cable and 120-ohm clock conversion cable.

10.10 Y-Shaped Clock Cable

The Y-shaped clock cable is an optional clock cable. The number of Y-shaped clock cables to

 be configured depends on actual requirements. This cable is used to transmit the 8 kHz clock 

signals from the GGCU in the GMPS to the GSCU in the GEPS.

10.11 Signal cable of the alarm box

The signal cable of the alarm box is a type of signal cables. It comes in multiple specifications.

You can choose one based on actual requirements. The signal cable of the alarm box is used to

transmit the alarm information of the system to the alarm box for audible and visual display.

10.12 PDB monitoring signal cable

The power distribution box (PDB) monitoring signal cable is used to transmit monitoring signalsfrom the PDB to the service subracks.

10.13 EMU RS485 communication cable

The RS485 communication cable is used for the communication between the BSC and the EMU.

10.14 GOMU serial port cable

The GOMU serial port cable is used to connect the GOMU to the local maintenance terminal.

10.15 BSC Power Cable

The BSC power cables are classified into external power cables and internal power cables. The

 power cables are mandatory, which consist of -48 V power cables and RTN power cables.

10.16 BSC PGND cable

The BSC PG ND cables consist of the PGND cable for the cabinet, inter-cabinet PGND cable,

PGND cable for the power distribution box, PGND cable for the subracks, and PGND cable for 

the cabinet door. All these cables are mandatory.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-3

Page 248: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 248/310

10.1 Active/Standby 75-Ohm Coaxial Cable

The active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable is a type of E1/T1 cables. The number of active/standby

75-ohm coaxial cables to be configured depends on site requirements. It transmits E1 signals. It

is used to connect the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG to the DDF or other 

 NEs.

Cable Structure

The active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable has 2x8 wires. That is, two active/standby 75-ohm

coaxial cables form one group and each cable contains eight micro coaxial cables. The 16 micro

coaxial cables bear eight E1 RX and TX links.

Figure 10-1 shows the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable.

Figure 10-1 Active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable

Pos.44

Pos.1

1

A

X1 W3

W1

W2

W4

4

X2

B13

2

Pos.44

Pos.1

A

5

3

5

(1) DB44 connector (2) Shell (metal shell of the DB44 connector)

(3) Label 1 (identifying one coaxial cable) (4) Main label (identifying the BOM code, version, and information

about the cable manufacturer)

(5) Label 2 (identifying one coaxial cable)

 

As shown in Figure 10-1, W3 and W4 are 75-ohm coaxial cables; W1 and W2 are 100-ohm

twisted pair cables; X1 and X2 are DB44 connectors, which should be connected to the active/

standby GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG.

Table 10-2 describes the mapping between the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable and the pins

of the DB44 connector.

10 BSC Cables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

10-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 249: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 249/310

Table 10-2 Mapping between the micro coaxial cables and the pins of the DB44 connector 

X1 W3 Remarks

X1 W4 Remarks

Pin of

DB44Connector

Signal Micro

CoaxialCable

Pin of

DB44Connector

Signal Micro

CoaxialCable

38 Ring 1 R1 15 Ring 1 T1

23 Tip 30 Tip

37 Ring 2 R2 14 Ring 2 T2

22 Tip 29 Tip

36 Ring 3 R3 13 Ring 3 T3

21 Tip 28 Tip

35 Ring 4 R4 12 Ring 4 T4

20 Tip 27 Tip

34 Ring 5 R5 11 Ring 5 T5

19 Tip 26 Tip

33 Ring 6 R6 10 Ring 6 T6

18 Tip 25 Tip

32 Ring 7 R7 9 Ring 7 T7

17 Tip 24 Tip

31 Ring 8 R8 8 Ring 8 T8

16 Tip 7 Tip

Shell Outer Braid of Whole Cable Shell Outer Braid of Whole Cable

 

NOTE

As listed in Table 10-2, T1 indicates the first-route TX link, and R1 indicates the first-route RX link.

Similarly, RN indicates the Nth-route RX link, and TN indicates the Nth-route TX link.

Table 10-3 describes the signals of the micro coaxial cables listed in Table 10-2.

Table 10-3 Mapping between the signals and the bearing media

Signal Label Bearing Media

Ring Shielding layer of the coaxial cable

Tip Wire of the coaxial cable

 

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-5

Page 250: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 250/310

Table 10-4 describes the mapping between the 100-ohm twisted pair cables (W1 and W2) and

the pins of the DB44 connector.

Table 10-4 Mapping between the twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector 

 W2 W1

Pin of X1Connector

Pin of X2Connector

Remarks Pin of X1Connector

Pin of X2Connector

Remarks

38 38 PAIR 15 15 PAIR  

23 23 30 30

37 37 PAIR 14 14 PAIR  

22 22 29 29

36 36 PAIR 13 13 PAIR  

21 21 28 28

35 35 PAIR 12 12 PAIR  

20 20 27 27

34 34 PAIR 11 11 PAIR  

19 19 26 26

33 33 PAIR 10 10 PAIR  

18 18 25 25

32 32 PAIR 9 9 PAIR  

17 17 24 24

31 31 PAIR 8 8 PAIR  

16 16 7 7

Shell Shell Braid Shell Shell Braid

 

NOTE

As listed in Table 10-4, PAIR indicates a pair of twisted pair cables, and Braid indicates the outer shielding

layer of the twisted pair cable.

Installation Position

The two DB44 connectors at one end of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable are fixed to

the active and standby boards (GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG. The other 

end of the 75-ohm active/standby coaxial cable is connected to the DDF, and then to other NEs

through a transmission device. Alternatively, the other end of the 75-ohm active/standby coaxial

cable is directly connected to an NE.

Figure 10-2 shows the installation position of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable.

10 BSC Cables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

10-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 251: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 251/310

Figure 10-2 Installation position of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable

DDF75-ohm coaxial cable

(active/standby)

EIUa

PARC

     E     1     /     T     1     (     0   ~     7     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     1     6   ~     2     3     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     2     4   ~     3     1     )

     E     1     /     T     1

     (     8   ~     1     5     )

EIUa

PARC

     E     1     /     T     1     (     0   ~     7     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     1     6   ~     2     3     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     2     4   ~     3     1     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     8   ~     1     5     )

DB44

connector 

DB44

connector 

Active Standby

 

10.2 Active/Standby 120-Ohm Twisted Pair Cable

The active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable is a type of E1/T1 cable. The number of active/

standby 120-ohm twisted pair cables to be configured depends on site requirements. It transmits

E1/T1 signals. It is used to connect the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG to the

DDF or other NEs.

Cable Structure

Figure 10-3 shows the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-7

Page 252: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 252/310

Figure 10-3 Active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable

Pos.44

Pos.1

1

A

X1 W3

W1

W2

W4

4

X

2

B

13

2

Pos.44

Pos.1

A

5

3

5

B

(1) DB44 connector (2) Shell (metal shell of the DB44 connector)

(3) Label 1 (identifying one twisted pair cable) (4) Main label (identifying the BOM code, version, and

manufacturer information about the cable)

(5) Label 2 (identifying one twisted pair cable)

 

As shown in Figure 10-3, W3 and W4 are 120-ohm twisted pair cables; W1 and W2 are 100-

ohm twisted pair cables; X1 and X2 are DB44 connectors, which should be connected to the

active and standby boards.

Table 10-5 describes the mapping between the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable and

the pins of the DB44 connector.

Table 10-5 Mapping between the 120-ohm twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44

connector 

X1 W3 Color X1 W4 Color

Pin ofDB44Connector

Signal Identifier ofTwisted Pair Wire

Pin ofDB44Connector

Signal Identifier ofTwisted Pair Wire

38 Ring/R- R1 Blue 15 Ring/R- T1 Blue

23 Tip/R+ White 30 Tip/R+ White

37 Ring/R- R2 Orange 14 Ring/R- T2 Orange

22 Tip/R+ White 29 Tip/R+ White

36 Ring/R- R3 Green 13 Ring/R- T3 Green

21 Tip/R+ White 28 Tip/R+ White

35 Ring/R- R4 Brown 12 Ring/R- T4 Brown

20 Tip/R+ White 27 Tip/R+ White

10 BSC Cables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

10-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 253: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 253/310

X1 W3 Color X1 W4 Color

Pin ofDB44Connector

Signal Identifier ofTwisted Pair Wire

Pin ofDB44Connector

Signal Identifier ofTwisted Pair Wire

34 Ring/T- R5 Gray 11 Ring/T- T5 Gray

19 Tip/T+ White 26 Tip/T+ White

33 Ring/T- R6 Blue 10 Ring/T- T6 Blue

18 Tip/T+ Red 25 Tip/T+ Red

32 Ring/T- R7 Orange 9 Ring/T- T7 Orange

17 Tip/T+ Red 24 Tip/T+ Red

31 Ring/T- R8 Green 8 Ring/T- T8 Green

16 Tip/T+ Red 7 Tip/T+ Red

Shell Outer Braid of Whole Cable Shell Outer Braid of Whole Cable

 

NOTE

In Table 10-5, either R- and R+ or T- and T+ stand for a pair of transmission and reception signals.

Table 10-6 describes the signals listed in Table 10-5.

Table 10-6 Pins at both ends of the twisted pair cable

Signal Label Bearing Media

Ring/R- One wire of a twisted pair transmitting E1/T1 signals to the BSC

Tip/R+ One wire of a twisted pair transmitting E1/T1 signals to the BSC

Ring/T- One wire of a twisted pair transmitting E1/T1 signals from the

BSC

Tip/T+ One wire of a twisted pair transmitting E1/T1 signals from the

BSC

 

Table 10-7 describes the mapping between the 100-ohm twisted pair cables (W1 and W2) and

the pins of the DB44 connector.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-9

Page 254: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 254/310

Table 10-7 Mapping between the twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector 

Twisted Pair Cable W2 Remarks Twisted Pair Cable W1 Remarks

Pin of X1

Connector

Pin of X2

Connector

Pin of X1

Connector

Pin of X2

Connector

38 38 PAIR 15 15 PAIR  

23 23 30 30

37 37 PAIR 14 14 PAIR  

22 22 29 29

36 36 PAIR 13 13 PAIR  

21 21 28 28

35 35 PAIR 12 12 PAIR  

20 20 27 27

34 34 PAIR 11 11 PAIR  

19 19 26 26

33 33 PAIR 10 10 PAIR  

18 18 25 25

32 32 PAIR 9 9 PAIR  

17 17 24 24

31 31 PAIR 8 8 PAIR  

16 16 7 7

Shell Shell Braid Shell Shell Braid

 

NOTE

As listed in Table 10-7, PAIR indicates a pair of twisted pair cables, and Braid indicates the outer shielding

layer of the twisted pair cable.

Installation Position

The two DB44 connectors at one end of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable are fixed

to the active and standby boards (GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG). The other 

end of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable is connected to the DDF, and then to other 

 NEs through a transmission device. Alternatively, the other end of the active/standby 120-ohm

twisted pair cable is directly connected to an NE.

Figure 10-4 shows the installation position of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable.

10 BSC Cables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

10-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 255: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 255/310

Figure 10-4 Installation position of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable

120-ohm twisted pair 

cable (active/standby)

DDF

EIUa

PARC

     E     1     /     T     1     (     0   ~     7     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     1     6   ~     2     3     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     2     4   ~     3     1     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     8   ~     1     5     )

EIUa

PARC

     E     1     /     T     1     (     0   ~     7     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     1     6   ~     2     3     )

     E     1     /     T     1     (     2     4   ~     3     1     )

     E     1     /     T

     1     (     8   ~     1     5     )

DB44

connector 

DB44

connector 

 

10.3 Inter-GTNU Cable

The inter-GTNU cable is an optional signal cable. The number of inter-GTNU cables to be

configured depends on site requirements. The inter-GTNU cable is used to connect the GTNUs

in different subracks.

Appearance

Figure 10-5 shows the inter-GTNU cable.

Figure 10-5 Inter-GTNU cable

(1) DB14 (2) Label (identifying a group of twisted pair cables)

(3) Main label (identifying the BOM code, version, and

information about the cable manufacturer)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-11

Page 256: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 256/310

 

Installation Position

The two DB14 connectors at one end of the cable are fixed to the active and standby GTNUs inone subrack. The two DB14 connectors at the other end of the cable are fixed to the active and

standby GTNUs in another subrack.

Figure 10-6 shows the installation position of the inter-GTNU cable.

Figure 10-6 Installation position of the inter-GTNU cable

TNUa

PARC

     T     N     M     5

     T     N     M     4

     T     N     M     0

     T     N     M     1

     T

     N     M     2

     T     N     M     3

TNUa

PARC

     T     N     M     5

     T     N     M     4

     T     N     M     0

     T     N     M     1

     T

     N     M     2

     T     N     M     3

Standby

TNUa

PARC

     T     N     M     5

     T     N     M     4

     T     N     M     0

     T     N     M     1

     T     N     M     2

     T     N     M     3

TNUa

PARC

     T     N     M     5

     T     N     M     4

     T     N     M     0

     T     N     M     1

     T

     N     M     2

     T     N     M     3

Active

A subrack B subrack

Inter-GTNU cable

DB14

connectors

DB14

connectors

Active Standby

 

10.4 LC/PC-LC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable

The LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. The

number of LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends onactual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/

10 BSC Cables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

10-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 257: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 257/310

GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. It can also be used to connect two GOIUTs. It

transmits optical signals.

NOTE

l One end of the optical cable connected to the board on the BSC side uses an LC/PC optical connector.

The other end of the optical cable can use an LC/PC, FC/PC, or SC/PC connector as required.

l In practice, two optical cables form one pair. Both ends of each cable in the pair should be attached

with temporary labels. If one end of the cable is connected to the TX port, the other end should be

connected to the RX port, and vice versa.

l The TX and RX ends of each optical cable must be connected correctly. Otherwise, signal transmission

may fail.

CAUTION

To prevent signal attenuation and optical return loss as well as to improve transmission quality,

you should not use single-mode optical cables and multimode optical cables together to connect

telecommunications equipment.

Appearance

Figure 10-7 shows the LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.

Figure 10-7 LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable

LC/PC optical connector LC/PC optical connector 

 

Installation Position

One end of the optical cable is connected to the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/GOGUA/

GOGUB. The other end of the optical cable is connected to the ODF, and is then connected to

other NEs through a transmission device, or is directly connected to an NE. This cable can also

 be used to connect two GOIUTs.

Figure 10-8 shows the installation position of the LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode opticalcable.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-13

Page 258: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 258/310

Figure 10-8 Installation position of the LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable

LC/PC optical connector  LC/PC optical connector 

GOIUa

PARC

     T     E     S     T     O     U     T

     2     M     0

     2     M     1

RX

LOS

TXODF

 

10.5 LC/PC-FC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable

The LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. The

number of LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends on

actual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/

GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. It transmits optical signals.

NOTE

l One end of the optical cable connected to the board on the BSC side uses an LC/PC optical connector.The other end of the optical cable can use an LC/PC, FC/PC, or SC/PC connector as required.

l In practice, two optical cables form one pair. Both ends of each cable in the pair should be attached

with temporary labels. If one end of the cable is connected to the TX port, the other end should be

connected to the RX port, and vice versa.

l The TX and RX ends of each optical cable must be connected correctly. Otherwise, signal transmission

may fail.

10 BSC Cables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

10-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 259: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 259/310

CAUTION

To prevent signal attenuation and optical return loss as well as to improve transmission quality,

you should not use single-mode optical cables and multimode optical cables together to connecttelecommunications equipment.

Appearance

Figure 10-9 shows the LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.

Figure 10-9 LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable

LC/PC optical connector FC/PC optical connector  

 

Installation Position

One end of the optical cable with an LC/PC connector is fixed to the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/

GOIUT/GOGUA/GOGUB. The other end of the optical cable with an FC/PC connector is fixed

to the ODF, and is then linked to other NEs through a transmission device, or is directly linked

to an NE.

Figure 10-10 shows the installation position of the LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode

optical cable.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-15

Page 260: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 260/310

Figure 10-10 Installation position of the LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable

LC/PC optical connector FC/PC optical connector  

OIUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

     T     E     S     T     O     U     T

     2     M     0

     2     M     1

RX

LOS

TXODF

 

10.6 LC/PC-SC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable

The LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. The

number of LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends on

actual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/

GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. It transmits optical signals.

NOTE

l

One end of the optical cable connected to the board on the BSC side uses an LC/PC optical connector.The other end of the optical cable can use an LC/PC, FC/PC, or SC/PC connector as required.

l In practice, two optical cables form one pair. Both ends of each cable in the pair should be attached

with temporary labels. If one end of the cable is connected to the TX port, the other end should be

connected to the RX port, and vice versa.

l The TX and RX ends of each optical cable must be connected correctly. Otherwise, signal transmission

may fail.

10 BSC Cables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

10-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 261: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 261/310

CAUTION

To prevent signal attenuation and optical return loss as well as to improve transmission quality,

you should not use single-mode optical cables and multimode optical cables together to connecttelecommunications equipment.

Appearance

Figure 10-11 shows the LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.

Figure 10-11 LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable

LC/PC optical connector SC/PC optical connector  

 

Installation Position

One end of the optical cable with an LC/PC connector is fixed to the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/

GOIUT/GOGUA/GOGUB. The other end of the optical cable with an SC/PC connector is fixed

to the ODF, and is then linked to other NEs through a transmission device, or is directly linked

to an NE.

Figure 10-12 shows the installation position of the LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimodeoptical cable.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-17

Page 262: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 262/310

Figure 10-12 Installation position of the LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable

LC/PC optical connector  SC/PC optical connector 

OIUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

     T     E     S     T     O     U     T

     2     M     0

     2     M     1

RX

LOS

TXODF

 

10.7 Crossover Cable

The crossover cable is an optional Ethernet cable. The number of crossover cables to be

configured depends on site requirements.

AppearanceFigure 10-13 shows the crossover cable.

10 BSC Cables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

10-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 263: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 263/310

Figure 10-13 Crossover cable

B

81

X1 X2

B

 

Pin Assignment

Table 10-8 describes the pins at both ends of the crossover cable.

Table 10-8 Pins at both ends of the crossover cable

X1 End Wire Color X2 End Wire Color

X1-1 White and orange X2-1 White and green

X1-2 Orange X2-2 Green

X1-3 White and green X2-3 White and orange

X1-4 Blue X2-4 Blue

X1-5 White and blue X2-5 White and blue

X1-6 Green X2-6 Orange

X1-7 White and brown X2-7 White and brown

X1-8 Brown X2-8 Brown

 

10.8 Straight-Through Cable

The straight-through cable is a mandatory Ethernet cable for the BSC. The number of straight-

through cables to be configured depends on actual requirements.

When the BSC is configured with the GBAM, the straight-through cable is used to connect:

l The GSCU to the GBAM

l The GBAM to the LAN switch

l The LAN switch to the M2000 (LAN)

l The LAN switch to the LMT computer of the BSC

l The LAN switch to the CBC

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-19

Page 264: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 264/310

When the BSC is configured with the GOMU, the straight-through cable is used to connect:

l Connect the GSCUs in different subracks

l The GOMU to the LAN of the customer 

l The GXPUM to the CBC

Appearance

Figure 10-14 shows the straight-through cable.

Figure 10-14 Straight-through cable

B

8

1

X1 X2

B

 

Pin Assignment

Table 10-9 describes the pins at both ends of the straight-through cable.

Table 10-9 Pins at both ends of the straight-through cable

X1 End Wire Color X2 End Wire Color

X1-1 White and orange X2-1 White and orange

X1-2 Orange X2-2 Orange

X1-3 White and green X2-3 White and green

X1-4 Blue X2-4 Blue

X1-5 White and blue X2-5 White and blue

X1-6 Green X2-6 Green

X1-7 White and brown X2-7 White and brown

X1-8 Brown X2-8 Brown

 

10 BSC Cables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

10-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 265: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 265/310

Installation Position (Configuration Type A)

l When straight-through cables are used to connect the active and standby GSCUs in the

GMPS to the GBAM, one end of one straight-through cable is connected to the active

GSCU, and the other end of the cable is connected to one internal Ethernet port on the

GBAM. (Both ends of each straight-through cable are RJ45 connectors.) One end of the

other straight-through cable is connected to the standby GSCU, and the other end of the

cable is connected to the other internal Ethernet port on the GBAM. Figure 10-15 shows

the installation position of the straight-through cable.

Figure 10-15 Connections between the GSCUs and the GBAM

RE

SE

T

GSCU

     C     O

     M

0

ACTLINK

ACTLINK

ACTLINK

21

3

4567

89

1011

RE

SE

T

GSCU

     C     O

     M

0

ACTLINK

ACTLINK

ACTLINK

21

3

4567

89

1011

Active Standby

GMPS

Straight-through cable

Straight-through cable

 

l When the straight-through cable is used to connect the GBAM to the LAN switch, one end

of the cable is connected to port 2 on the LAN switch, and the other end of the cable is

connected to an external Ethernet port on the GBAM. Figure 10-16 shows the installation

 position of the straight-through cable.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-21

Page 266: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 266/310

Figure 10-16 Connection between the GBAM and the LAN switch

Straight-through cable

Port 2

 

l When the straight-through cable is used to connect the LAN switch to the M2000 (LAN),

one end of the cable is connected to port 24 on the LAN switch, and the other end of the

cable is connected to the M2000 (LAN). Figure 10-17 shows the installation position of 

the straight-through cable.

Figure 10-17 Connection between the LAN switch and the M2000 (LAN)

Quidway

S3500 Series

LAN switch

M2000Straight-through cable

Port 24

 

l When the straight-through cable is used to connect the LAN switch to the BSC LMT

computer, one end of the cable is connected to port 22 on the LAN switch, and the other 

end of the cable is connected to the BSC LMT computer. Figure 10-18 shows theinstallation position of the straight-through cable.

10 BSC Cables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

10-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 267: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 267/310

Figure 10-18 Connection between the LAN switch and the BSC LMT computer 

Straight-through cable

QuidwayS3500 Series

LAN switch

LMT

Port 22

 

l When the straight-through cable is used to connect the LAN switch to the CBC, one end

of the cable is connected to port 20 on the LAN switch, and the other end of the cable is

connected to the corresponding Ethernet port of the CBC. Figure 10-19 shows theinstallation position of the straight-through cable.

Figure 10-19 Connection between the LAN switch and the CBC

Quidway

S3500 Series

LAN switch

CBC Straight-through cable

Port 20

 

Installation Position (Configuration Type B)

l The Straight-through cable is used to connect the GSCUs in different subracks.

Figure 10-20 shows the installation position of the Straight-through cable.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-23

Page 268: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 268/310

Figure 10-20 Installation position of the Straight-through cable between the GSCUs

GSCU

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

     C     O     M

TESTOUT

     C     L     K     I     N

ACTLINK

     1     0     /     1     0     0     /     1     0     0     0     B     A     S     E   -     T

RESET

ACTLINK

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

11

10

ACTLINK

GSCU

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

     C     O     M

TESTOUT

     C     L     K     I     N

ACT

LIN

K

     1     0     /     1     0     0     /     1     0     0     0     B     A     S     E   -     T

RESET

ACTLINK

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

11

10

ACTLINK

A subrack B subrack

GSCU

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

     C     O     M

TESTOUT

     C     L     K     I     N

ACTLINK

     1     0     /     1     0     0     /     1

     0     0     0     B     A     S     E   -     T

RESET

ACTLINK

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

11

10

ACTLINK

GSCU

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

     C     O     M

TESTOUT

     C     L     K     I     N

ACTLINK

     1     0     /     1     0     0     /     1

     0     0     0     B     A     S     E   -     T

RESET

ACTLINK

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

11

10

ACTLINK

Active Active StandbyStandby

BSC

Straight-

through

cable

 

l When the straight-through cable is used to connect the GOMU to the LAN of the customer,

one end of the cable is connected to port 0 or port 1 on the GOMU, and the other end of 

the cable is connected to the Ethernet port of the LAN of the customer. Figure 10-21 shows

the installation position of the straight-through cable.

10 BSC Cables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

10-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 269: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 269/310

Figure 10-21 Connection between the GOMU and the LAN of the customer 

Office LANOMUb

POMU

 

NOTE

The number of Ethernet cables used to connect the active and standby GOMUs to the LAN of the

customer can be two or four, depending on the customer's requirement.

l When the straight-through cable is used to connect the GXPUM to the CBC, one end of 

the cable is connected to the Ethernet port on the GXPUM panel, and the other end of the

cable is connected to an Ethernet port of the CBC. Figure 10-22 shows the installation

 position of the straight-through cable.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-25

Page 270: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 270/310

Figure 10-22 Connection between the GXPUM and the CBC

XPUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

     1     0     /     1     0     0     /     1     0     0     0     B     A     S     E   -     T

ACTLINK

0

1

2

3

CBC

 

10.9 BITS Clock Signal Cable

The BITS clock signal cable is an optional clock cable. The number of BITS clock cables to be

configured depends on actual requirements. This cable is used to transmit BITS clock signals to

the GGCU in the GMPS. Based on the impedance, the BITS clock signal cable is classified into

75-ohm coaxial clock cable and 120-ohm clock conversion cable.

10 BSC Cables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

10-26 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 271: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 271/310

Appearance

Figure 10-23 shows the 75-ohm coaxial clock cable.

Figure 10-23 75-ohm coaxial clock cable1 2

(1) SMB connector (2) Label

 

Figure 10-24 shows the 120-ohm clock conversion cable.

Figure 10-24 120-ohm clock conversion cable

1 2 2

(1) SMB connector (2) Label

 

NOTE

There are two SMB connectors at one end of the 120-ohm clock conversion cable. Only one SMB connector 

is used. The other SMB connector is bound on the wire bushing with a cable tie. Pay attention to the

connection when using the 120-ohm clock conversion cable.

Installation Position

One end of the BITS clock signal cable is connected to the CLKIN0 or CLKIN1 port on the

GGCU panel, and the other end is connected to the BITS clock port.

Figure 10-25 shows the installation position of the BITS clock signal cable.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-27

Page 272: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 272/310

Figure 10-25 Installation position of the BITS clock signal cable

BITS

clock

BITS

clock

Active Standby

GCUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

8

9

     C     O     M     0

     C     O     M     1

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

     C     L     K     O     U     T

     T     E     S     T     I     N

     T     E     S     T     O     U     T

     C     L     K     L     I     N     1     C     L     K     L     I     N     0

GCUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

8

9

     C     O     M     0

     C     O     M     1

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

     C     L     K     O     U     T

     T     E     S     T     I     N

     T     E     S     T     O     U     T

     C     L     K     L     I     N     1     C     L     K     L     I     N     0

 

10.10 Y-Shaped Clock Cable

The Y-shaped clock cable is an optional clock cable. The number of Y-shaped clock cables to

 be configured depends on actual requirements. This cable is used to transmit the 8 kHz clock 

signals from the GGCU in the GMPS to the GSCU in the GEPS.

NOTE

You need not use the Y-shaped clock cable if the GEPS is not configured in the BSC.

Appearance

Figure 10-26 shows the Y-shaped clock cable.

10 BSC Cables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

10-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 273: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 273/310

Figure 10-26 Y-shaped clock cable

11

2

1

8 1

8

1

8

W2

W3

X2

X3

W1X1

(1) Label (identifying a group of twisted pair cables) (2) RJ45 connector  

 

Installation Position

One end of the Y-shaped clock cable with an RJ45 connector is fixed to the GSCU in the GEPS.

The other end with two RJ45 connectors is fixed to the active and standby GGCUs in the GMPS.

Figure 10-27 shows the installation position of the Y-shaped clock cable.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-29

Page 274: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 274/310

Figure 10-27 Installation position of the Y-shaped clock cable

GEPS

GCUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

8

9

     C     O     M

     0

     C     O

     M     1

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

     C     L     K     O     U     T

     T     E     S     T     I

     N

     T     E     S     T     O     U

     T

     C     L     K     L     I     N

     1

     C     L     K     L     I     N

     0

GCUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

8

9

     C     O     M

     0

     C     O

     M     1

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

     C     L     K     O     U     T

     T     E     S     T     I

     N

     T     E     S     T     O     U

     T

     C     L     K     L     I     N

     1

     C     L     K     L     I     N

     0

SCUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

     C     O     M

TESTOUT

     C     L     K     I     N

ACTLINK

     1     0     /     1     0     0     /     1     0     0     0     B     A     S     E   -     T

RESET

ACTLINK

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

11

10

ACTLINK

GMPS

Active Standby

SCUa

PARC

RUN

ALM

ACT

     C     O     M

TESTOUT

     C     L     K     I     N

ACTLINK

     1     0     /     1     0     0     /     1     0     0     0     B     A     S     E   -     T

RESET

ACTLINK

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

11

10

ACTLINK

Active Standby

Y-shapedclock cable

Y-shaped

clock cable

 

10.11 Signal cable of the alarm box

The signal cable of the alarm box is a type of signal cables. It comes in multiple specifications.

You can choose one based on actual requirements. The signal cable of the alarm box is used to

transmit the alarm information of the system to the alarm box for audible and visual display.

10 BSC Cables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

10-30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 275: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 275/310

Appearance

One end of the signal cable is an RJ45 connector, and the other end is a DB9 or DB25 connector.

Use the DB9 or DB25 connector in accordance with the site survey report. The following

description takes the alarm box signal cable with a DB9 connector as an example.

Figure 10-28 shows the alarm box signal cable.

Figure 10-28 Alarm box signal cable

A

A8

1

5C

16

9

C

DB9 connector RJ45 crystal connector 

 

Pin Assignment

Table 10-10 describes the pins of the alarm box signal cable.

Table 10-10 Pins of the alarm box signal cable

RJ45 DB9

3 5

5 2

6 3

 

Installation Position

One end of the signal cable with an RJ45 connector is fixed to the input serial port of the alarm

 box. The other end of the signal cable with a DB9 or DB25 connector is fixed to the serial port

on the LMT.

Figure 10-29 shows the installation position of the signal cable of the alarm box.

Figure 10-29 Installation position of the signal cable of the alarm box

Serial port

LMT

Alarm box

Alarm input

serial port

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-31

Page 276: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 276/310

Page 277: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 277/310

Table 10-12 Pins of the PDB monitoring signal cable

Signal Label Pin Assignment

Tx+ Positive phase signal transmitted

Tx- Negative phase signal transmitted

Rx+ Positive phase signal received

Rx- Negative phase signal received

 

Installation Position

One end of the PDB monitoring signal cable with a DB15 connector is fixed to the service

subrack port on the PDB. The other end of the PDB monitoring signal cable with a DB9 connector 

is fixed to the MONITOR socket on the metal shielding board of the subrack that is located atthe bottom of the BSC cabinet.

Figure 10-31 shows the installation positions of the PDB monitoring signal cable.

Figure 10-31 Installation positions of the PDB monitoring signal cable

Power 

distribution box

Service subrack

MONITOR

Port connecting the power 

distribution box to a service subrack

…   …   

PDB monitoring

signal cable

 

NOTE

When a cabinet is configured with multiple subracks, you should configure the subracks from bottom to

top. Therefore, the PDB monitoring signal cable is always connected to the subrack at the bottom of the

cabinet.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-33

Page 278: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 278/310

10.13 EMU RS485 communication cable

The RS485 communication cable is used for the communication between the BSC and the EMU.

Appearance

Figure 10-32 shows the RS485 communication cable.

Figure 10-32 RS485 communication cable

A

A8

1

5C

16

9

C

DB9 connector RJ45 crystal connector 

 

Pin Assignment

Table 10-13 lists the pins of the RS485 communication cable.

Table 10-13 Pins of the RS485 communication cable

RJ45 DB9

4 2

1 3

5 6

2 7

 

Installation Position

One end of the RS485 communication cable with a DB9 male connector is fixed to the DB9

socket on the environment monitoring device. The other end of the RS485 communication cable

with an RJ45 connector is connected to the COM1 port on the BSC common power distribution

 box or to the J1 port on the BSC high-power distribution box. as shown inFigure 10-33

10 BSC Cables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

10-34 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 279: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 279/310

Figure 10-33 Connecting the cable between the EMU and the power distribution box of the

cabinet

B A

Power distribution box

Back

The bottom of EMU-2A

The bottom of EMU-2A

 

NOTE

l The EMU inherits all the functions of the EAC. Compared with the EAC, the EMU has a different

hardware structure.

l One environment monitoring instrument is delivered with one RS485 signal cable (10 m) and one

RS232 signal cable (2 m). Choose one of the signal cables based on actual needs. RS485 is usually

 preferred. Use the Ethernet cable as a substitute if the delivered signal cable is not long enough.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-35

Page 280: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 280/310

10.14 GOMU serial port cable

The GOMU serial port cable is used to connect the GOMU to the local maintenance terminal.

Appearance

Figure 10-34 shows the GOMU serial port cable.

Figure 10-34 GOMU serial port cable

X1

1 2

X2

B

BA

W

A

Pos.1

Pos.9

Pos.1

Pos.9

 

Pin Assignment

Both ends of the GOMU serial port cable should use DB9 female connectors. Table 10-14 lists

the pins of the GOMU serial port cable.

Table 10-14 Pins of the GOMU serial port cable

DB9 DB9

2 3

3 2

5 5

 

Installation Position

One end of the GOMU serial port cable is connected to the COM serial port on the GOMU. Theother end of the GOMU serial port cable is connected to the serial port on the local maintenance

terminal.

10.15 BSC Power Cable

The BSC power cables are classified into external power cables and internal power cables. The

 power cables are mandatory, which consist of -48 V power cables and RTN power cables.

The BSC external power cables need to be installed on site. They are used to lead the power 

from the power distribution frame (PDF) to the power distribution box in the BSC. The BSC

internal power cables are installed before delivery. They are used to lead the power from the power distribution box to each board and module in the BSC.

10 BSC Cables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

10-36 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 281: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 281/310

Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (Common Power DistributionBox Configured)

Table 10-15 lists the BSC external power cables.

Table 10-15 List of the BSC external power cables

Name Color Cross-SectionalArea

(Unit:

mm2)

ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition(PowerDistributionBox)

ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition(PDF)

Quantity

Externa

l -48 V power 

cable

Blue 25/35 Cord end

terminal/-48 Vinput of the

BSC6000 cabinet

OT

terminal/-48 Voutput of the

PDF

2 per cabinet

Externa

l RTN

 power 

cable

Black 25/35 Cord end

terminal/-48 V

input of the

BSC6000 cabinet

OT

terminal/-48 V

output of the

PDF

2 per cabinet

 

Table 10-16 lists the BSC internal power cables.

Table 10-16 List of the BSC internal power cables

Name Color Cross-SectionalArea

(Unit:

mm2)

ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition(PowerDistributionBox)

ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition(Subrack)

Quantity

Internal

-48 V power 

cable

Blue 8 Cord end

terminal/-48 Vinput terminal

OT

terminal/-48 Voutput

terminal

2 per subrack 

Internal

RTN

 power 

cable

Black 8 Cord end

terminal/-48 V

input terminal

OT

terminal/-48 V

output

terminal

2 per subrack 

 

The BSC external power cable and the BSC internal power cable have the same appearance, as

shown in Figure 10-35.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-37

Page 282: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 282/310

Figure 10-35 BSC external/internal power cable

X1 X2

X1:Cord end terminal X2:OT terminal

 

Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (High-Power Distribution BoxConfigured)

Table 10-17 List of the BSC external power cables

Name Color Cross-SectionalArea

(Unit:

mm2)

ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition(PowerDistributionBox)

ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition(PDF)

Quantity

Externa

l -48 V

 power 

cable

Blue 25/35 OT terminal/-48

V input of the

BSC6000 cabinet

OT

terminal/-48 V

output of the

PDF

2 per cabinet

Externa

l RTN

 power 

cable

Black 25/35 OT terminal/-48

V input of the

BSC6000 cabinet

OT

terminal/-48 V

output of the

PDF

2 per cabinet

 

Table 10-18 List of the BSC internal power cables

Name Color Cross-SectionalArea

(Unit:

mm2)

ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition(PowerDistributionBox)

ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition(Subrack)

Quantity

Internal

-48 V

 power 

cable

Blue 8 OT

terminal/-48 V

input terminal

OT

terminal/-48 V

output

terminal

2 per subrack 

10 BSC Cables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

10-38 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 283: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 283/310

Name Color Cross-SectionalArea

(Unit:

mm2)

ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition

(PowerDistributionBox)

ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition

(Subrack)

Quantity

Internal

RTN

 power 

cable

Black 8 OT

terminal/-48 V

input terminal

OT

terminal/-48 V

output

terminal

2 per subrack 

 

Figure 10-36 shows the BSC external power cable or the BSC internal power cable.

Figure 10-36 BSC external/internal power cable

 

10.16 BSC PGND cable

The BSC PGND cables consist of the PGND cable for the cabinet, inter-cabinet PGND cable,PGND cable for the power distribution box, PGND cable for the subracks, and PGND cable for 

the cabinet door. All these cables are mandatory.

Each BSC cabinet must be configured with one PGND cable for the cabinet. For combined

cabinets, adjacent cabinets should be configured with three inter-cabinet PGND cables. All other 

PGND cables are installed before delivery.

NOTE

The same types of PGND cables are used regardless of whether the BSC cabinet is configured with the

common power distribution box or with the high-power distribution box.

Table 10-19 lists the BSC PGND cables.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-39

Page 284: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 284/310

Table 10-19 List of the BSC PGND cables

Name Color Cross-SectionalArea

(Unit: mm2)

Connector Type/ Installati

onPosition(OneEnd)

ConnectorType/ Installation

Position(Other End)

Quantity

PGND

cable for 

the cabinet

Green and

yellow

25/35 OT

terminal/

grounding

 bolt at the

rear of the

BSC

cabinet

top

OT terminal/

PGND output

terminal of the

PDF

1 per cabinet

Inter-

cabinet

PGND

cable

Green and

yellow

5 OT

terminal/

PGND

 busbar of 

the BSC

cabinet

OT terminal/

PGND busbar of 

the BSC cabinet

3 for two

adjacent

cabinets

PGND

cable for 

the power 

distribution box

Green and

yellow

5 OT

terminal/

PGND

 busbar of the BSC

cabinet

OT terminal/

PGND port on

the PDB

1 per power 

distribution

 box

PGND

cable for 

the BSC

subrack 

Green and

yellow

5 OT

terminal/

PGND

 busbar of 

the BSC

cabinet

OT terminal/

PGND port of the

subrack 

2 per subrack 

PGND

cable for 

the cabinetdoor 

Green and

yellow

5 OT

terminal/

groundingscrew on

the base of 

the BSC

cabinet

OT terminal/

grounding screw

on the BSCcabinet door 

8 per cabinet

 

Different types of BSC PGND cables have the same appearance. Figure 10-37 shows the BSC

PGND cable.

10 BSC Cables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

10-40 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 285: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 285/310

Figure 10-37 BSC PGND cable

 

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-41

Page 286: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 286/310

Page 287: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 287/310

11 LEDs on BSC Parts

About This Chapter

This describes the LEDs on the power distribution box and the panels.

11.1 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box

The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are labeled RUN and

ALM.

11.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box

The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are labeled RUN and ALM.

11.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) PanelThe LEDs on the GDPUC panel are labeled RUN, ALM, and ACT respectively.

11.4 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) Panel

The LEDs on the GDPUP panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.

11.5 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) Panel

The LEDs on the GDPUX panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.

11.6 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with diff erent

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of 

LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

11.7 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

11.8 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel

The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded

with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the

same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (for 

Ethernet port).

11.9 LEDs on the GGCU Panel

There are three LEDs on the GGCU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11-1

Page 288: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 288/310

11.10 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of 

LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

11.11 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four 

LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.

11.12 LEDs on the GOMU Panel

There are five LEDs on the GOMU panel: RUN, ALM, ACT, OFFLINE, and HD.

11.13 LEDs on the GSCU Panel

There are four types of LEDs on the GSCU panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT LEDs, and the

LEDs of the Ethernet ports.

11.14 LEDs on the GTNU Panel

There are three LEDs on the GTNU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

11.15 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel

There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT

LEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.

11.16 LEDs on the MDMC Panel

There are two LEDs on the MDMC panel: RUN and ALM.

11.17 LEDs on the PAMU Panel

There are two LEDs on the PAMU panel: RUN and ALM.

11 LEDs on BSC Parts

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

11-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 289: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 289/310

11.1 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common PowerDistribution Box

The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are labeled RUN and

ALM.

Table 11-1 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box.

Table 11-1 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The MDMC is operating and

communicating with the GSCU.

On for 0.25s and off 

for 0.25s

The MDMC is not operating or not

communicating with the GSCU.

Off There is no power supply to the MDMC

or the power distribution box is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On The power distribution box is faulty. The

ALM LED, however, is always on during

the MDMC self-test. It is an indication

that the ALM LED is functional.

 

NOTE

When the power distribution box is reset, the RUN and ALM LEDs turn on at the same time. Meanwhile,

the monitoring board is performing self-check. As soon as the self-check is complete, the RUN and ALM

LEDs turn off. Then, the RUN and ALM LEDs normally display the operating status of the power 

distribution box.

11.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC High-Power

Distribution Box

The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are labeled RUN and ALM.

Table 11-2 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box.

Table 11-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for  

1s

The PAMU is working and communicating

with the GSCU.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11-3

Page 290: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 290/310

LED Color Status Meaning  

On for 0.125s and

off for 0.125s

The PAMU is not working or not

communicating with the GSCU.

Off The PAMU has no power input or the power  distribution box is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On The power distribution box is faulty. The

ALM LED, however, is always on during the

PAMU self-test. It is an indication that the

ALM LED is functional.

 

NOTE

When the power distribution box is reset, the RUN and ALM LEDs turn on at the same time. Meanwhile,

the monitoring board is performing self-check. As soon as the self-check is complete, the RUN and ALM

LEDs turn off. Then, the RUN and ALM LEDs normally display the operating status of the power 

distribution box.

11.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) Panel

The LEDs on the GDPUC panel are labeled RUN, ALM, and ACT respectively.

Table 11-3 describes the LEDs on the GDPUC panel.

Table 11-3 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off 

for 0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the board is

faulty.

Off There is no power input or the boardis faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works properly.

Off There is no power input or the board

is faulty.

 

11 LEDs on BSC Parts

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

11-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 291: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 291/310

11.4 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) Panel

The LEDs on the GDPUP panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 11-4 describes the LEDs on the GDPUP panel.

Table 11-4 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for  

1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and

off for 0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the board

is faulty.

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works properly.

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

 

11.5 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) Panel

The LEDs on the GDPUX panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 11-5 describes the LEDs on the GDPUX panel.

Table 11-5 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off 

for 0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the

 board is faulty.

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11-5

Page 292: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 292/310

LED Color Status Meaning  

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works properly.

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

 

11.6 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different

software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of 

LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 11-6 describes the LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.

Table 11-6 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the

 board is faulty.

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in active mode.

Off The board works in standby

mode.

 

11.7 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards

have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 11-7 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.

11 LEDs on BSC Parts

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

11-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 293: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 293/310

Table 11-7 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the

 board is faulty.

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in activemode.

Off The board works in standby

mode.

 

11.8 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel

The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded

with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (for 

Ethernet port).

Table 11-8 describes the LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.

Table 11-8 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off 

for 0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the board

is faulty.

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in active mode.

Off The board works in standby mode.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11-7

Page 294: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 294/310

 

Table 11-9 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.

Table 11-9 LEDs of the Ethernet ports

LED Color Status Meaning  

LINK Green On The link is connected.

Off The link is disconnected.

ACT Orange Blinking Data is being transmitted through

the port.

Off No data is being transmitted

through the port.

 

11.9 LEDs on the GGCU Panel

There are three LEDs on the GGCU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 11-10 describes the three LEDs on the GGCU panel.

Table 11-10 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the

 board is faulty.

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in active

mode.

Off The board works in standby

mode.

 

11 LEDs on BSC Parts

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

11-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 295: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 295/310

11.10 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel

The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of 

LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 11-11 describes the LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.

Table 11-11 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the

 board is faulty.

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in active mode.

Off The board works in standby

mode.

 

11.11 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)Panel

The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four 

LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.

Table 11-12 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.

Table 11-12 LEDs on the board

LED Color

Status Meaning  

RUN Gree

n

On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11-9

Page 296: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 296/310

LED Color

Status Meaning  

On There is power input but the board is

faulty.

Off There is no power input or the board is

faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Gree

n

On The board works in active mode.

Off The board works in standby mode.

LOS Gree

n

On The STM-1 port does not receive

signals properly.

Off The STM-1 port receives signals

 properly.

 

11.12 LEDs on the GOMU Panel

There are five LEDs on the GOMU panel: RUN, ALM, ACT, OFFLINE, and HD.

Table 11-13 describes the LEDs on the GOMU panel.

Table 11-13 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading

data.

On There is power input

 but the board is faulty.

Off There is no power inputor the board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in

active mode.

Off The board works in

standby mode.

11 LEDs on BSC Parts

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

11-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 297: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 297/310

LED Color Status Meaning  

OFFLINE Blue On The board can be

removed.

Off The board cannot beremoved.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The status of the board

is switching.

HD Green Blinking The hard disk is

 performing read and

write functions.

Off The hard disk is not

 performing read and

write functions.

 

11.13 LEDs on the GSCU Panel

There are four types of LEDs on the GSCU panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT LEDs, and the

LEDs of the Ethernet ports.

Table 11-14 describes the LEDs on the GSCU panel.

Table 11-14 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the

 board is faulty.

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in active

mode.

Off The board works in standby

mode.

 

Table 11-15 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GSCU panel.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11-11

Page 298: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 298/310

Table 11-15 LEDs of the Ethernet ports

LED Color Status Meaning  

LINK Green On LEDs of the Ethernet ports,

indicating that the link isconnected

Off LEDs of the Ethernet ports,

indicating that the link is

disconnected

ACT Green Blinking LEDs of the Ethernet ports,

indicating that there is a data

flow

Off LEDs of the Ethernet ports,

indicating that there is no data

flow

 

11.14 LEDs on the GTNU Panel

There are three LEDs on the GTNU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 11-16 describes the LEDs on the GTNU panel.

Table 11-16 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the

 board is faulty.

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in active

mode.

Off The board works in standby

mode.

 

11 LEDs on BSC Parts

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

11-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 299: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 299/310

11.15 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel

There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT

LEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.

Table 11-17 describes the LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.

Table 11-17 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for 

0.125s

The board is loading data.

On There is power input but the

 board is faulty.

Off There is no power input or the

 board is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On or blinking There is an alarm.

ACT Green On The board works in active

mode.

Off The board works in standbymode.

 

NOTE

The functions of the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI Ethernet ports are the same as those of the GSCU Ethernet

 ports.

11.16 LEDs on the MDMC Panel

There are two LEDs on the MDMC panel: RUN and ALM.

Table 11-18 describes the LEDs on the MDMC panel.

Table 11-18 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working and

communicating with the GSCU.

On for 0.25s and off 

for 0.25s

The board cannot communicate with the

GSCU, or the board is not working.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11-13

Page 300: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 300/310

LED Color Status Meaning  

Off There is no power supply or the power  

distribution box is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On There is an alarm. When the board is

starting up, the status indicates that the

ALM indicator functions well.

 

11.17 LEDs on the PAMU Panel

There are two LEDs on the PAMU panel: RUN and ALM.

Table 11-19 describes the LEDs on the PAMU panel.

Table 11-19 LEDs on the board

LED Color Status Meaning  

RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working and

communicating with the GSCU.

On for 0.25s and off 

for 0.25s

The board cannot communicate with the

GSCU, or the board is not working.

Off There is no power supply or the power  distribution box is faulty.

ALM Red Off There is no alarm.

On There is an alarm. When the board is

starting up, the status indicates that the

ALM indicator functions well.

 

11 LEDs on BSC Parts

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

11-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 301: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 301/310

Page 302: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 302/310

12.1 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack

This describes the DIP switch on the BSC subrack. The DIP switch on the BSC subrack is used

to define the numbering of the BSC subrack.

Appearance

Figure 12-1 shows the DIP switches on the BSC subrack.

Figure 12-1 DIP switch on the BSC subrack 

ON1 8

 

Meaning of the DIP Bits

The DIP bits are numbered in ascending order from bit 1 to bit 8. ON represents digit 0 and OFF

represents digit 1. Table 12-1 provides the definitions of the bits.

Table 12-1 Definitions of the DIP bits

DIP Bit Meaning  

1 (the least significant bit) Subrack number setting bit

2 Subrack number setting bit

3 Subrack number setting bit

4 Subrack number setting bit

5 Subrack number setting bit

6 Odd parity check bit

7 Reserved, undefined, generally set to 0 (ON)

8 (the most significant

 bit)

l For the GMPS, the bit should be set to 1 (OFF).

l For the GEPS and GTCS, the bit should be set to 0 (ON).

 

Bit 8 (the most significant bit) is used to set the startup mode of the GSCU in the subrack. Thedefinitions of this bit are as follows:

12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

12-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 303: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 303/310

Page 304: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 304/310

Figure 12-2 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG

S10

1

2

ON

OFF

S4

S21 8

8 1

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

S6

S81 8

8 1

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate

 

NOTE

l All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board, and cannot be directly observed

since the sub-board is engaged to the bottom plate with its front side facing the bottom plate.

l The DIP switches, S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10, are set from the side. As shown in Figure 12-2, a square

opening is configured respectively between the S2 and the S4, and between the S8 and the S6 for the

operator to operate these switches. Switch S10 is locates at the right lower corner of the sub-board,

therefore it can be operated from the edge of the sub-board.

The DIP switches, S2, S4, S6, and S8, are used to set the protection grounding of the transmittingends of E1/T1 links 0 to 31, and S10 is used to set the E1 balanced mode, E1 unbalanced mode,

or T1 working mode. Table 12-3 and Table 12-4 describe S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.

Table 12-3 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)

DIPSwitch

DIP Bit Description Switch Status Meaning  

S2 1-8 Used to set the protection

grounding of the transmitting

end of E1/T1 links 24-31

ON 0

12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

12-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 305: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 305/310

DIPSwitch

DIP Bit Description Switch Status Meaning  

S4 1-8 Used to set the protection

grounding of the transmitting

end of E1/T1 links 16-23

ON 0

S6 1-8 Used to set the protection

grounding of the transmitting

end of E1/T1 links 0-7

ON 0

S8 1-8 Used to set the protection

grounding of the transmitting

end of E1/T1 links 8-15

ON 0

S10 1-2 Work mode switch,

consisting of two DIP bits.

E1 unbalanced

mode (ON, ON)

(0, 0)

 

Table 12-4 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)

DIPSwitch

DIP Bit Description Switch Status Meaning  

S2 1-8 Used to set the protection

grounding of the transmitting

end of E1/T1 links 24-31

OFF 1

S4 1-8 Used to set the protection

grounding of the transmitting

end of E1/T1 links 16-23

OFF 1

S6 1-8 Used to set the protection

grounding of the transmitting

end of E1/T1 links 0-7

OFF 1

S8 1-8 Used to set the protection

grounding of the transmitting

end of E1/T1 links 8-15

OFF 1

S10 1-2 Work mode switch,

consisting of two DIP bits.

E1 balanced mode

(OFF, ON)

(1, 0)

T1 mode (ON,

OFF)

(0, 1)

 

NOTE

l When the signals are transmitted through a 75-ohm coaxial cable in E1 unbalanced mode, set the DIP

switch to ON and ground the TX end. When the signals are transmitted through a 120-ohm twisted pair 

cable in E1 balanced mode or T1 mode, set the DIP switch to OFF and do not ground the TX end.

l By default, all the DIP switches are set for the transmission in E1 balanced mode. That is, all bits of 

S2, S4, S6, and S8 are set to OFF. Bit 1 of S10 is set to OFF and bit 2 of S10 is set to ON.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

12-5

Page 306: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 306/310

12.3 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being

loaded with different sof tware, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the

same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.

Figure 12-3 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.

Figure 12-3 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT

1

2ONOFF

ON

OFF

ONOFF

1 8

1 8

1 8

1 8

S6

S5

S4

S3

S1

1 8

ONOFF

ON

OFF

(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate

 

CAUTION

All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. The front of the sub-board

faces and fits into the bottom plate. Therefore, you should remove the sub-board before setting

the DIP switches.

Table 12-5 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.

12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

12-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 307: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 307/310

Table 12-5 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT

DIPSwitch

DIPBit

Description Setting  for 75-ohm

CoaxialCable

Value ofDIP Bitfor 75-

ohmCoaxialCable

Setting for 120-ohm

TwistedPairCable

Valueof DIPBit for

120-ohmTwisted PairCable

S1 8 Used to select the

impedance on E1/T1

links 0-7

ON 0 OFF 1

7 Used to select the

impedance on E1/T1

links 8-15

ON 0 OFF 1

6 Used to select the

impedance on E1/T1

links 16-23

ON 0 OFF 1

5 Used to select the

impedance on E1/T1

links 24-31

ON 0 OFF 1

1-4 Reserved

S3 1-8 Used to set the

 protection grounding of the transmitting end of 

E1/T1 links 0-7

ON 0 OFF 1

S4 1-8 Used to set the

 protection grounding of 

the transmitting end of 

E1/T1 links 8-15

ON 0 OFF 1

S5 1-8 Used to set the

 protection grounding of 

the transmitting end of 

E1/T1 links 16-23

ON 0 OFF 1

S6 1-8 Used to set the

 protection grounding of 

the transmitting end of 

E1/T1 links 24-31

ON 0 OFF 1

 

Table 12-6 describes different switches listed in Table 12-5.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

12-7

Page 308: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 308/310

Table 12-6 Switch types related to the DIP bits

DIP Switch Description

E1/T1 impedance selection switch Used to select the logical transmission mode of the

 board and to notify the software of the currenttransmission mode

Switch used to set the protection

grounding of the E1/T1 transmitting

end

Used to control the grounding of the transmitting end

of the E1/T1 signals:

l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75-

ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmission

mode, set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TX end.

l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120-

ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode,

set the DIP bit to OFF and ground the TX end.

 

NOTE

l By default, the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode.

l The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIP

switches on the standby EIUa board.

l The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes.

l Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches.

12.4 DIP Switch on the MDMCThere is a DIP switch labeled S2 on the MDMC.

Figure 12-4 shows the DIP switch on the MDMC.

Figure 12-4 DIP switch on the MDMC

S2

1 4ON

OFF

 

S2 is used to set the address of the MDMC.

To set the address of the MDMC, pull out the MDMC, and then set S2 by referring to Table

12-7.

12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description

12-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Page 309: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 309/310

Table 12-7 Setting of S2

Address DIP Bit Switch Status Meaning  

0 1 (the most significant

 bit)

ON 0

2 ON 0

3 ON 0

4 (the least significant

 bit)

ON 0

 

NOTE

In the BSC, the DIP switch on the MDMC must be set according to the specifications listed in Table12-7.

12.5 DIP Switch on the PAMU

There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PAMU.

Figure 12-5 shows the DIP switch on the PAMU.

Figure 12-5 DIP switch on the PAMU

SW1

1 4ON

OFF

 

SW1 (with four bits) is used to set the address of the PAMU.

To set the address of the PAMU, pull out the PAMU, and then set SW1 by referring to Table

12-8.

Table 12-8 Settings of SW1

Address DIP Bit Switch Status Meaning  

0 1 (the most significant

 bit)

ON 0

2 ON 0

3 ON 0

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R 

BSC Hardware Description 12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

12-9

Page 310: BSC6000 Hardware Description

8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 310/310